Merge from emacs--devo--0
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17383 32181))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17494 22057))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (17404 53184))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (17578 34778))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17397 61560))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17397 61560))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17515 39525))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
195
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
253
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262 \(fn)" t nil)
263
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
288
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
294
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
302
303 \(fn)" t nil)
304
305 ;;;***
306 \f
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17578 34774))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
311
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
322
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
324
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
333
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
335
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
343
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
345
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
358
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
360
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
377
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
379
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
383
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386 BODY... )
387
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
402
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
407
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
410
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
413
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
416
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
421
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427 during preloading.
428
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
430
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
432
433 ;;;***
434 \f
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17383 32089))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
439
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
447
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
451
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
456
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469 options.
470
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
473
474 Fred (123) 456-7890
475 Alice (123) 456-7890
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477 Joe (123) 456-7890
478
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
482
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
484
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490 align that section.
491
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
493
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
501
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
503
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510 to be colored.
511
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
513
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
516
517 \(fn)" t nil)
518
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
521
522 \(fn)" t nil)
523
524 ;;;***
525 \f
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17582 28845))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
529
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
531
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
533
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
535
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
537
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
539
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
541
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
543
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
545
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
547
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
549
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
551
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
553
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
555
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
557
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
559
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
561
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564 \\<allout-mode-map>
565
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
568
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
575
576 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577
578 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - integral outline exposure-layout
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - automatic topic-number maintenance
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
584 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
589 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
590 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
591 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
592 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594
595 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
596 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
597
598 Navigation: Exposure Control:
599 ---------- ----------------
600 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
601 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
602 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
603 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
604 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
605 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
606 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
607
608 Topic Header Production:
609 -----------------------
610 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
611 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
612 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
613
614 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
615 ---------------------------------
616 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
617 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
618 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
619 current topic.
620 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
621 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
622 alternated according to nesting depth.
623 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
624 offspring are not affected. With repeat
625 count, revoke numbering.
626
627 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
628 ----------------------------------
629 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
630 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line Like kill-line, but reconciles numbering, etc.
631 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
632 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
633 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
634 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
635
636 Topic-oriented Encryption:
637 -------------------------
638 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
639
640 Misc commands:
641 -------------
642 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
643 and establish a default file-var setting
644 for `allout-layout'.
645 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
646 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
647 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
648 buffer with name derived from derived from that
649 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
650 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
651 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
652 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
653 format.
654 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
655 auto-activation.
656
657 Topic Encryption
658
659 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
660 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
661 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
662 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
663 \(Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
664 encrypted during file saves; if you're editing the contents of
665 such a topic, it is automatically decrypted for continued
666 editing.) The aim is reliable topic privacy while preventing
667 accidents like neglected encryption before saves, forgetting
668 which passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
669
670 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
671 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
672
673 HOT-SPOT Operation
674
675 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
676 navigation and exposure control.
677
678 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
679 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
680 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
681 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
682 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
683
684 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
685 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
686 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) never get
687 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
688 hot-spot and back to normal operation.
689
690 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
691 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
692 beginning of the current entry, so you usually can hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
693 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
694
695 Terminology
696
697 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
698
699 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
700 contain and be contained by other topics.
701 CURRENT topic:
702 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
703 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
704 containment. Also called the:
705 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
706
707 ANCESTORS:
708 The topics that contain a topic.
709 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
710 the topic.
711 OFFSPRING:
712 The topics contained by a topic;
713 SUBTOPIC:
714 An immediate offspring of a topic;
715 CHILDREN:
716 The immediate offspring of a topic.
717 SIBLINGS:
718 Topics having the same parent and depth.
719
720 Topic text constituents:
721
722 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
723 text.
724 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
725 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
726 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
727 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
728 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
729
730 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
731 of the topic.
732 PREFIX-LEAD:
733 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
734 It can be customized by changing the setting of
735 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
736
737 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
738 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
739 program code without interfering with the language processing
740 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
741 docstring for more detail.
742 PREFIX-PADDING:
743 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
744 bullet, determining the depth of the topic.
745 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
746 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
747 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
748 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
749 bullet when generating topics varies in a cycle with the depth of
750 the topic.
751 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
752 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
753
754
755 EXPOSURE:
756 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
757 of its offspring and contained text.
758 CONCEALED:
759 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
760 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
761
762 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
763 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
764 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
765
766 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
767
768 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
769
770 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
771 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
772
773 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
774 setup for auto-startup.
775
776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
777
778 ;;;***
779 \f
780 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
781 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17383 32174))
782 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
783
784 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
785
786 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
787 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
788 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
789 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
790 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
791 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
792
793 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
794
795 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
796 Not documented
797
798 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
799
800 ;;;***
801 \f
802 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
803 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17383 32181))
804 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
805
806 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
807 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
808 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
809 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
810 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
811 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
812 in the current window.
813
814 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
815
816 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
817 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
818 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
819
820 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
821
822 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
823 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
824 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
825
826 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
827
828 ;;;***
829 \f
830 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
831 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17383 32090))
832 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
833
834 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
835 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
836
837 \(fn)" t nil)
838
839 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
840 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
841
842 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
843 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
844 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
845 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
846
847 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
848 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
849
850 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
851
852 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
853
854 ;;;***
855 \f
856 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
857 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17484 52436))
858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
859
860 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
861 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
862 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
863 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
864 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
865 \\[yank].
866
867 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
868 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
869 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
870 the rules.
871
872 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
873 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
874 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
875 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
876
877 \(fn)" t nil)
878
879 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
880 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
881 \\{antlr-mode-map}
882
883 \(fn)" t nil)
884
885 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
886 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
887 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
888
889 \(fn)" nil nil)
890
891 ;;;***
892 \f
893 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
894 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
895 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
896 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17578 34774))
897 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
898
899 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
900 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
901 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
902 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
903
904 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
905
906 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
907 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
908
909 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
910
911 (defvar appt-audible t "\
912 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
913
914 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
915
916 (defvar appt-visible t "\
917 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
918 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
919
920 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
921
922 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
923 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
924 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
925
926 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
927
928 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
929 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
930 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
931
932 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
933
934 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
935 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
936 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
937
938 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
939
940 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
941 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
942 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
943
944 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
945
946 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
947 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
948 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
949
950 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
951
952 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
953 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
954
955 \(fn)" t nil)
956
957 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
958 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
959 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
960 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
961 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
962 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
963 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
964
965 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
966 function.
967
968 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
969 appointment package (if it is not already active).
970
971 \(fn)" nil nil)
972
973 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
974 Toggle checking of appointments.
975 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
976 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
977
978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
979
980 ;;;***
981 \f
982 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
983 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
984 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17484 52422))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
986
987 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
988 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
989 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
990 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
991
992 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
993 kind of objects to search.
994
995 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
996
997 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
998 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
999 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1000 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1001 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1002 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1003
1004 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1005 normal variables.
1006
1007 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1008
1009 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1010
1011 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1012 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1013 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1014 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1015 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1016 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1017
1018 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1019 noninteractive functions.
1020
1021 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1022 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1023
1024 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1025 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1026
1027 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1028
1029 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1030 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1031
1032 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1033
1034 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1035 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1036 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1037 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1038
1039 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1040 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1041 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1042 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1043
1044 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1045 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1046
1047 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1048
1049 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1050
1051 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1052 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1053 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1054 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1055 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1056 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1057
1058 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1059 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1060 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1061
1062 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1063
1064 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1065 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1066 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1067 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1068 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1069 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1070
1071 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1072 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1073 bindings.
1074 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1075
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1077
1078 ;;;***
1079 \f
1080 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17578
1081 ;;;;;; 34770))
1082 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1083
1084 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1085 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1086 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1087 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1088 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1089 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1090
1091 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1092 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1093 archive.
1094
1095 \\{archive-mode-map}
1096
1097 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1098
1099 ;;;***
1100 \f
1101 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17358 42654))
1102 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1103
1104 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1105 Major mode for editing arrays.
1106
1107 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1108 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1109 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1110
1111 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1112
1113 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1114 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1115 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1116
1117 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1118 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1119 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1120 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1121 The variables are:
1122
1123 Variables you assign:
1124 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1125 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1126 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1127 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1128 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1129 row numbers in the buffer.
1130
1131 Variables which are calculated:
1132 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1133 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1134
1135 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1136 take a numeric prefix argument):
1137
1138 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1139 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1140 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1141 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1142
1143 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1144 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1145 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1146 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1147
1148 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1149 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1150 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1151 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1152
1153 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1154 between that of point and mark.
1155
1156 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1157 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1158
1159 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1160 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1161 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1162 newlines inside rows)
1163
1164 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1165
1166 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1167
1168 \(fn)" t nil)
1169
1170 ;;;***
1171 \f
1172 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17521
1173 ;;;;;; 64539))
1174 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1175
1176 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1177 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1178 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1179 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1180
1181 How to quit artist mode
1182
1183 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1184
1185
1186 How to submit a bug report
1187
1188 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1189
1190
1191 Drawing with the mouse:
1192
1193 mouse-2
1194 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1195 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1196 below).
1197
1198 mouse-1
1199 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1200 or pastes:
1201
1202 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1203 --------------------------------------------------------------
1204 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1205 to new point
1206 --------------------------------------------------------------
1207 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1216 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1218 --------------------------------------------------------------
1219 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1220 --------------------------------------------------------------
1221 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1222 lines
1223 --------------------------------------------------------------
1224 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1225 --------------------------------------------------------------
1226 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1227 --------------------------------------------------------------
1228 Paste Paste Paste
1229 --------------------------------------------------------------
1230 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1231 --------------------------------------------------------------
1232
1233 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1234 or diagonally.
1235
1236 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1237 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1238 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1239 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1240 poly-lines.
1241
1242 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1243 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1244 overwrite means the opposite.
1245
1246 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1247 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1248 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1249
1250 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1251
1252 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1253 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1254
1255 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1256 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1257 are currently drawing something.
1258
1259 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1260 some time to fill.
1261
1262
1263 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1264 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1265
1266
1267 Settings
1268
1269 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1270
1271 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1272
1273 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1274
1275 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1276
1277 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1278 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1279
1280 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1281
1282
1283 Drawing with keys
1284
1285 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1286 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1287 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1288 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1289 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1290 When pasting: Pastes
1291
1292 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1293
1294 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1295
1296 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1297 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1298 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1299 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1300 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1301 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1302
1303
1304 Arrows
1305
1306 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1307 of the line/poly-line
1308
1309 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1310 of the line/poly-line
1311
1312
1313 Selecting operation
1314
1315 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1316
1317 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1318 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1319 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1320 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1321 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1322 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1323 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1324 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1325 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1326 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1327 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1328 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1329 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1330 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1331 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1332 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1333 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1334 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1335 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1336 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1337
1338
1339 Variables
1340
1341 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1342 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1343
1344 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1345 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1346 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1347 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1348 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1349 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1350 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1351 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1352 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1353 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1354 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1355 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1356 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1357 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1358 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1359 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1360 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1361 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1362 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1363
1364 Hooks
1365
1366 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1367 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1368
1369
1370 Keymap summary
1371
1372 \\{artist-mode-map}
1373
1374 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1375
1376 ;;;***
1377 \f
1378 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17487
1379 ;;;;;; 53546))
1380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1381
1382 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1383 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1384 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1385
1386 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1387 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1388 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1389 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1390
1391 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1392 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1393
1394 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1395 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1396
1397 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1398
1399 Special commands:
1400 \\{asm-mode-map}
1401
1402 \(fn)" t nil)
1403
1404 ;;;***
1405 \f
1406 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1407 ;;;;;; (16221 3779))
1408 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1409
1410 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1411 Obsolete.")
1412
1413 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1414
1415 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1416 This command is obsolete.
1417
1418 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1419
1420 ;;;***
1421 \f
1422 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1423 ;;;;;; (17383 32090))
1424 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1425
1426 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1427 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1428 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1429
1430 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1431
1432 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1433 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1434 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1435 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1436 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1437 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1438 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1439 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1440 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1441 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1442
1443 For example:
1444 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1445 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1446 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1447 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1448 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1449
1450 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1451
1452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453
1454 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1455 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1456 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1458 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1459
1460 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1461
1462 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1463 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1464 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1465 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1466 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1467 &c to supply digit arguments.
1468
1469 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1470
1471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1472
1473 ;;;***
1474 \f
1475 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1476 ;;;;;; (17397 61561))
1477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1478
1479 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1480 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1481
1482 \(fn)" t nil)
1483
1484 ;;;***
1485 \f
1486 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1487 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17383 32090))
1488 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1489
1490 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1491 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1492 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1493
1494 \(fn)" t nil)
1495
1496 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1497 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1498 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1499 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1500
1501 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1502
1503 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1504 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1505 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1507 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1508
1509 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1510
1511 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1512 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1513 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1514 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1515
1516 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1517 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1518
1519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1520
1521 ;;;***
1522 \f
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1524 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1525 ;;;;;; (17590 36007))
1526 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1527
1528 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1529 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1530 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1531 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1532 save the buffer too.
1533
1534 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1535
1536 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1537
1538 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1539 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1540 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1541 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1542 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1543 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1544
1545 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1546 directory or directories specified.
1547
1548 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1549
1550 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1551 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1552 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1553
1554 \(fn)" nil nil)
1555
1556 ;;;***
1557 \f
1558 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1559 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1560 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17503 24305))
1561 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1562
1563 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1564 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1565
1566 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1567 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1568 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1569 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1570 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1571
1572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1573
1574 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1575 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1576
1577 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1578 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1579
1580 \(fn)" nil nil)
1581
1582 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1583 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1584 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1585
1586 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1587 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1588 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1589 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1590 reflected in the current buffer.
1591
1592 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1593 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1594 writing before you save the file!
1595
1596 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1597
1598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1599
1600 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1601 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1602
1603 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1604 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1605
1606 \(fn)" nil nil)
1607
1608 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1609 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1610 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1611 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1612 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1613
1614 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1615
1616 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1617 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1618
1619 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1620 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1621 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1622
1623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1624
1625 ;;;***
1626 \f
1627 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1628 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17503 24305))
1629 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1630
1631 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1632 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1633 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1634 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1635 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1636
1637 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1638
1639 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1640 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1641 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1642 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1643
1644 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1645 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1646 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1647
1648 Effects of the different modes:
1649 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1650 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1651 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1652 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1653 a random distance & direction.
1654 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1655 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1656 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1657
1658 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1659
1660 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1661 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1662 definition of \"random distance\".)
1663
1664 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1665
1666 ;;;***
1667 \f
1668 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1669 ;;;;;; (17383 32135))
1670 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1671
1672 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1673 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1674
1675 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1676 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1677
1678 For example:
1679
1680 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1681 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1682 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1683 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1684
1685 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1686
1687 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1688
1689 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1690
1691 ;;;***
1692 \f
1693 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1694 ;;;;;; (17515 39525))
1695 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1696 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1697
1698 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1699 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1700 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1701 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1702
1703 \(fn)" t nil)
1704
1705 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1706 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1707 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1709 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1710
1711 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1712
1713 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1714 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1715 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1716 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1717 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1718 seconds.
1719
1720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1721
1722 ;;;***
1723 \f
1724 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1725 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17383 32135))
1726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1727
1728 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1729 Time execution of FORMS.
1730 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1731 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1732 FORMS once.
1733 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1734 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1735 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1736
1737 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1738
1739 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1740 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1741 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1742 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1743 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1744
1745 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1746
1747 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1748 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1749 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1750 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1751 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1752
1753 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1754
1755 ;;;***
1756 \f
1757 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17578
1758 ;;;;;; 34779))
1759 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1760
1761 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1762 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1763
1764 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1765
1766 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1767 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1768 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1769 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1770
1771 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1772 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1773 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1774 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1775 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1776
1777 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1778 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1779
1780
1781 Special information:
1782
1783 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1784
1785 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1786 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1787 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1788 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1789 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1790 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1791 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1792 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1793 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1794 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1795 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1796
1797 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1798 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1799 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1800 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1801 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1802 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1803 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1804 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1805
1806 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1807
1808 ----------------------------------------------------------
1809 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1810 if that value is non-nil.
1811
1812 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1813
1814 \(fn)" t nil)
1815
1816 ;;;***
1817 \f
1818 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1819 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1820 ;;;;;; (17383 32153))
1821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1822
1823 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1824
1825 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1826 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1827 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1828
1829 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1830
1831 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1832 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1833
1834 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1835
1836 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1837 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1838
1839 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1840
1841 ;;;***
1842 \f
1843 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17383
1844 ;;;;;; 32181))
1845 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1846
1847 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1848 Play blackbox.
1849 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1850
1851 What is blackbox?
1852
1853 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1854 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1855 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1856 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1857 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1858 your score.
1859
1860 Overview of play:
1861
1862 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1863 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1864 four.
1865
1866 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1867 movement keys.
1868
1869 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1870 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1871
1872 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1873 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1874
1875 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1876 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1877 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1878 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1879 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1880 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1881
1882 Details:
1883
1884 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1885
1886 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1887 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1888 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1889 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1890
1891 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1892 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1893 denoted by the letter `R'.
1894
1895 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1896 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1897 denoted by the letter `H'.
1898
1899 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1900 example.
1901
1902 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1903 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1904 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1905 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1906 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1907 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1908 ray.
1909
1910 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1911 degree deflection it causes.
1912
1913 1
1914 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1915 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1917 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1922 2 3
1923
1924 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1925 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1926
1927
1928 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1929 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1930 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1931 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1934 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1936
1937 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1938 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1939 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1940 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1941 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1942 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1943 emerging from the box.
1944
1945 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1946
1947 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1948 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1949 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1950 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1951 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1952 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1953 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1954 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1955
1956 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1957 a reflection.
1958
1959 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1960
1961 ;;;***
1962 \f
1963 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1964 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1965 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1966 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17383 32091))
1967 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1968 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1969 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1970 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1971
1972 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1973 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1974 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1975 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1976 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1977 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1978 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1979 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1980 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1981 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1982 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1983 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1984 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1985 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1986 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1987 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1988 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1989 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1990 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1991
1992 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1993 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1994 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1995 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1996 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1997 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1998 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1999 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2000 recent one.
2001
2002 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2003 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2004 yank successive words.
2005
2006 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2007 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2008 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2009 name of the file being visited.
2010
2011 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2012 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2013 the list of bookmarks.)
2014
2015 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2016
2017 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2018 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2019 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2020 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2021 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2022 this.
2023
2024 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2025 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2026 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2027 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2028
2029 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2030
2031 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2032 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2033 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2034 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2035 after a bookmark was set in it.
2036
2037 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2038
2039 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2040 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2041 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2042 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2043
2044 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2045
2046 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2047
2048 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2049 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2050 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2051 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2052
2053 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2054 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2055 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2056
2057 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2058 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2059 name.
2060
2061 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2062
2063 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2064 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2065 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2066 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2067 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2068 this.
2069
2070 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2071
2072 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2073 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2074 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2075 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2076 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2077 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2078 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2079 probably because we were called from there.
2080
2081 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2082
2083 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2084 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2085 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2086
2087 \(fn)" t nil)
2088
2089 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2090 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2091 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2092 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2093 \(second argument).
2094
2095 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2096 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2097 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2098 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2099 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2100
2101 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2102 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2103 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2104 `bookmark-default-file'.
2105
2106 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2107
2108 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2109 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2110 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2111 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2112 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2113 while loading.
2114
2115 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2116 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2117 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2118 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2119 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2120 explicitly.
2121
2122 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2123 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2124 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2125 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2126
2127 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2128
2129 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2130 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2131 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2132 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2133 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2134
2135 \(fn)" t nil)
2136
2137 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2138
2139 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2140
2141 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2142
2143 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2144
2145 ;;;***
2146 \f
2147 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2148 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2149 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2150 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2151 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2153 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2155 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2156 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17521 64538))
2157 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2158
2159 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2160 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2161 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2162 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2163
2164 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2165 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2166 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2167 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2168 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2169
2170 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2171
2172 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2173 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2174
2175 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2176
2177 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2178 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2179
2180 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2181
2182 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2183 Not documented
2184
2185 \(fn)" nil nil)
2186
2187 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2188 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2189 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2190 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2191 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2192 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2193
2194 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2195
2196 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2197 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2198 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2199 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2200 narrowed.
2201
2202 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2203
2204 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2205 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2206
2207 \(fn)" t nil)
2208
2209 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2210 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2211
2212 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2213
2214 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2215 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2216 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2217 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2218
2219 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2220
2221 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2222 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2223 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2224 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2225
2226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2227
2228 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2229 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2230 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2231 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2232 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2233 to use.
2234
2235 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2236
2237 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2238 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2239 Default to the URL around or before point.
2240
2241 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2242 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2243 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2244 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2245
2246 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2247 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2248
2249 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2250 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2251 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2252
2253 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2254
2255 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2256 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2257 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2258 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2259
2260 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2261 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2262 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2263 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2264
2265 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2266 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2267 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2268
2269 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2270 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2271
2272 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2273
2274 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2275 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2276 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2277 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2278
2279 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2280 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2281 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2282 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2283
2284 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2285 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2286 new tab in an existing window instead.
2287
2288 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2289 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2290
2291 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2292
2293 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2294 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2295 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2296 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2297 Firefox.
2298
2299 When called interactively, if variable
2300 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2301 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2302 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2303 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2304
2305 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2306 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2307 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2308
2309 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2310 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2311
2312 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2313 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2314 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2315 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2316 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2317 URL in a new window.
2318
2319 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2320
2321 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2322 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2323 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2324 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2325
2326 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2327 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2328 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2329 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2330
2331 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2332 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2333 new tab in an existing window instead.
2334
2335 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2336 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2337
2338 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2339
2340 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2341 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2342 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2343 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2344
2345 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2346 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2347 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2348 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2349
2350 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2351 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2352
2353 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2354
2355 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2356 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2357
2358 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2359 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2360 program is invoked according to the variable
2361 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2362
2363 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2364 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2365 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2366 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2367
2368 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2369 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370
2371 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2375 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2376 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2377
2378 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2379
2380 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2382 Default to the URL around or before point.
2383
2384 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2385 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2386 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2387
2388 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2389 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2390 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2391 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2392
2393 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2394 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2395
2396 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2397
2398 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2399 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2400 Default to the URL around or before point.
2401
2402 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2403
2404 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2405 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2406 Default to the URL around or before point.
2407
2408 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2409 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2410 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411
2412 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2413 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2414
2415 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2416
2417 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2418 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2419 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2420 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2421
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2423
2424 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2427 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2428 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2429
2430 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2431
2432 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2433 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2434 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2435 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2436
2437 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2438 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2439 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2440 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2441
2442 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2443 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444
2445 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2446
2447 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2448 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2449 Default to the URL around or before point.
2450
2451 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2452
2453 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2454 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2455 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2456 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2457 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2458 current one.
2459
2460 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2461 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2462 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2463 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2464
2465 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2466 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2467
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469
2470 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2473 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2474 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2475 don't offer a form of remote control.
2476
2477 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2478
2479 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2481 Default to the URL around or before point.
2482
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484
2485 ;;;***
2486 \f
2487 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17383
2488 ;;;;;; 32181))
2489 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2490
2491 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2492 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2493
2494 \(fn)" t nil)
2495
2496 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2497 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2498
2499 \(fn)" nil nil)
2500
2501 ;;;***
2502 \f
2503 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2504 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17397 61539))
2505 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2506
2507 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2508 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2509 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2510 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2511
2512 \(fn)" t nil)
2513
2514 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2515 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2516 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2517 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2518
2519 \(fn)" t nil)
2520
2521 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2522 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2523
2524 \(fn)" t nil)
2525
2526 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2527 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2528 \\<bs-mode-map>
2529 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2530 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2531 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2532 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2533
2534 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2535 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2536 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2537 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2538 name of buffer configuration.
2539
2540 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2541
2542 ;;;***
2543 \f
2544 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2545 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17383
2546 ;;;;;; 32092))
2547 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2548
2549 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2550 Keymap used by buttons.")
2551
2552 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2553 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2554 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2555
2556 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2557 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2558 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2559 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2560 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2561 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2562
2563 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2564 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2565 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2566 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2567
2568 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2569
2570 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2571 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2572 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2573 specifying properties to add to the button.
2574 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2575 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2576 `define-button-type'.
2577
2578 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2579
2580 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2581
2582 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2583 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2584 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2585 specifying properties to add to the button.
2586 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2587 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2588 `define-button-type'.
2589
2590 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2591
2592 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2593
2594 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2595 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2596 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2597 specifying properties to add to the button.
2598 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2599 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2600 `define-button-type'.
2601
2602 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2603 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2604 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2605 `make-text-button'.
2606
2607 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2608
2609 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2610
2611 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2612 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2613 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2614 specifying properties to add to the button.
2615 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2616 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2617 `define-button-type'.
2618
2619 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2620 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2621 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2622 `insert-text-button'.
2623
2624 Also see `make-text-button'.
2625
2626 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2627
2628 ;;;***
2629 \f
2630 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2631 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2632 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2633 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2634 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17582 35542))
2635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2636 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2637 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2638
2639 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2640 Not documented
2641
2642 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2643
2644 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2645 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2646 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2647
2648 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2649
2650 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2651 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2652 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2653 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2654
2655 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2656 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2657 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2658 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2659 whether to compile it.
2660
2661 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2662
2663 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2664 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2665
2666 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2667 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2668
2669 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2670 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2671 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2672 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2673 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2674
2675 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2676
2677 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2678 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2679 Print the result in the echo area.
2680 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2681
2682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2683
2684 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2685 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2686 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2687
2688 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2689
2690 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2691 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2692 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2693 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2694 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2695 all functions called by those functions.
2696
2697 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2698 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2699 cons, etc.).
2700
2701 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2702 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2703 invoked interactively.
2704
2705 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2706
2707 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2708 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2709 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2710 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2711
2712 \(fn)" nil nil)
2713
2714 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2715 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2716 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2717 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2718 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2719 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2720 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2721 already up-to-date.
2722
2723 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2724
2725 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2726 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2727 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2728 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2729
2730 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2731 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2732 and corresponding effects.
2733
2734 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2735
2736 ;;;***
2737 \f
2738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17397 61545))
2739 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2740
2741 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2742
2743 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2744
2745 ;;;***
2746 \f
2747 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2748 ;;;;;; (17397 61545))
2749 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2750
2751 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2752 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2753 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2754 from the cursor position.
2755
2756 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2757
2758 ;;;***
2759 \f
2760 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2761 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2762 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2763 ;;;;;; (17383 32134))
2764 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2765
2766 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2767 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2768
2769 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2770 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2771
2772 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2773 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2774
2775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2776
2777 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2778 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2779
2780 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2781
2782 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2783 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2784
2785 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2786
2787 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2788 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2789
2790 \(fn)" t nil)
2791
2792 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2793 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2794 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2795 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2796
2797 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2798
2799 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2800 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2801 This is most useful in the X window system.
2802 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2803 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2804
2805 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2806
2807 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2808 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2809 See calc-keypad for details.
2810
2811 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2812
2813 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2814 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2815
2816 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2817
2818 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2819 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2820
2821 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2822
2823 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2824 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2825
2826 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2827
2828 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2829 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2830 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2831
2832 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2833
2834 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2835 Not documented
2836
2837 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2838
2839 ;;;***
2840 \f
2841 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17383
2842 ;;;;;; 32092))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2844
2845 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2846 Run the Emacs calculator.
2847 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2848
2849 \(fn)" t nil)
2850
2851 ;;;***
2852 \f
2853 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2854 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2855 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2856 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2857 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2858 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2859 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2860 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2861 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2862 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2863 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2864 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2865 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2866 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2867 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2868 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2869 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2870 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17578 34774))
2871 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2872
2873 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2874 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2875 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2876 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2877 the screen.")
2878
2879 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2880
2881 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2882 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2883 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2884 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2885 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2886 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2887
2888 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2889
2890 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2891 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2892 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2893
2894 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2895
2896 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2897 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2898 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2899
2900 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2901
2902 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2903 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2904 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2905 displayed.")
2906
2907 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2908
2909 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2910 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2911 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2912
2913 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2914
2915 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2916 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2917 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2918
2919 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2920
2921 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2922
2923 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2924 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2925 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2926
2927 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2928 calendar.")
2929
2930 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2931
2932 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2933 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2934 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2935
2936 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2937 calendar.")
2938
2939 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2940
2941 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2942 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2943 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2944
2945 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2946 calendar.")
2947
2948 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2949
2950 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2951 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2952 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2953
2954 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2955
2956 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2957 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2958 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2959 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2960 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2961
2962 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2963
2964 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2965 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2966 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2967 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2968 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2969 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2970 a function is also provided for this:
2971 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2972
2973 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2974 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2975 date is not visible in the window.
2976
2977 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2978 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2979 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2980
2981 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2982
2983 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2984 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2985
2986 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2987 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2988 date is visible in the window.
2989
2990 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2991 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2992 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2993
2994 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2995
2996 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2997 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2998
2999 For example,
3000
3001 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3002
3003 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3004
3005 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
3006
3007 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3008 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3009
3010 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3011 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3012
3013 MONTH/DAY
3014 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3015 MONTHNAME DAY
3016 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3017 DAYNAME
3018
3019 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3020 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3021 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3022 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3023 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3024 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3025 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3026 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3027 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3028 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3029 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3030 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3031 in every week.
3032
3033 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3034 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3035 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3036 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3037
3038 DAY/MONTH
3039 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3040 DAY MONTHNAME
3041 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3042 DAYNAME
3043
3044 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3045 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3046
3047 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3048 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3049 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3050 window but will appear in a diary window.
3051
3052 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3053 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3054
3055 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3056 entries (in the default American style):
3057
3058 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3059 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3060 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3061 21: Payday
3062 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3063 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3064 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3065 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3066 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3067 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3068 &* 15 time cards due.
3069
3070 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3071 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3072 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3073 single diary entry
3074
3075 02/11/1989
3076 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3077 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3078 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3079 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3080 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3081 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3082
3083 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3084 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3085 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3086
3087 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3088
3089 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3090
3091 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3092 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3093 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3094 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3095 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3096 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3097 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3098 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3099 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3100 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3101 details.
3102
3103 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3104 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3105 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3106 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3107 documentation for these functions for details.
3108
3109 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3110 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3111
3112 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
3113
3114 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3115 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3116
3117 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
3118
3119 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3120 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3121
3122 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3123
3124 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3125 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3126
3127 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3128
3129 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3130 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3131
3132 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3133
3134 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3135 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3136 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3137
3138 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
3139
3140 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3141 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3142 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3143
3144 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3145
3146 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3147 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3148 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3149 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3150 full.")
3151
3152 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
3153
3154 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3155 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3156 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3157 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3158 are
3159
3160 DAY/MONTH
3161 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3162 DAY MONTHNAME
3163 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3164 DAYNAME
3165
3166 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3167 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3168 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
3169 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
3170 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
3171 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
3172
3173 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
3174
3175 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3176 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3177 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3178
3179 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3180
3181 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3182 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3183 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3184
3185 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3186
3187 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3188 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3189 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3190
3191 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3192
3193 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3194 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3195 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3196
3197 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3198
3199 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3200 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3201 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3202 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3203 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3204 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3205
3206 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3207
3208 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3209 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3210 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3211
3212 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3213 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3214 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3215 of the form
3216
3217 #include \"filename\"
3218
3219 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3220 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3221 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3222 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3223 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3224
3225 For example, you could use
3226
3227 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3228 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3229 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3230
3231 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3232 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3233 lexicographic order.")
3234
3235 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3236
3237 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3238 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3239 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3240
3241 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3242
3243 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3244 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3245 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3246 diary display.
3247
3248 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3249 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3250 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3251 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3252 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3253 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3254 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3255
3256 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3257 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3258 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3259 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3260 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3261 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3262 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3263 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3264
3265 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3266
3267 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3268 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3269 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3270 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3271 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3272 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3273 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3274
3275 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3276
3277 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3278 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3279
3280 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3281 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3282 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3283 of the form
3284 #include \"filename\"
3285 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3286 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3287 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3288 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3289 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3290
3291 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3292
3293 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3294 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3295 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3296 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3297 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3298 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3299 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3300
3301 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3302
3303 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3304 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3305 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3306 are holidays.")
3307
3308 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3309
3310 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3311 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3312 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3313 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3314 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3315
3316 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3317
3318 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3319
3320 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3321 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3322 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3323
3324 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3325
3326 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3327
3328 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3329 Oriental holidays.
3330 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3331
3332 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3333
3334 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3335
3336 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3337 Local holidays.
3338 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3339
3340 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3341
3342 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3343
3344 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3345 User defined holidays.
3346 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3347
3348 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3349
3350 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3351
3352 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3353
3354 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3355
3356 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3357
3358 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3359
3360 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3361
3362 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3363
3364 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3365
3366 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3367
3368 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3369 Jewish holidays.
3370 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3371
3372 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3373
3374 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3375
3376 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3377 Christian holidays.
3378 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3379
3380 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3381
3382 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3383
3384 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3385 Islamic holidays.
3386 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3387
3388 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3389
3390 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3391
3392 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3393 Baha'i holidays.
3394 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3395
3396 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3397
3398 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3399
3400 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3401 Sun-related holidays.
3402 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3403
3404 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3405
3406 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3407
3408 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3409 The frame setup of the calendar.
3410 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3411 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3412 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3413 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3414 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3415
3416 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3417
3418 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3419 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3420 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3421
3422 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3423 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3424
3425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3426
3427 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3428 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3429 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3430
3431 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3432 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3433 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3434 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3435
3436 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3437
3438 ;;;***
3439 \f
3440 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3441 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17383 32153))
3442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3443
3444 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3445 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3446
3447 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3448
3449 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3450 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3451 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3452 it fails.
3453
3454 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3455
3456 ;;;***
3457 \f
3458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17515
3459 ;;;;;; 39528))
3460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3461 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3462
3463 ;;;***
3464 \f
3465 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3466 ;;;;;; (17420 36089))
3467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3468
3469 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3470 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3471
3472 \(fn)" nil nil)
3473
3474 ;;;***
3475 \f
3476 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3477 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3478 ;;;;;; (17590 36100))
3479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3480
3481 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3482 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3483 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3484 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3485 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3486 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3487 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3488
3489 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3490
3491 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3492 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3493 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3494 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3495 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3496 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3497 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3498 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3499
3500 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3501 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3502 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3503 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3504 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3505 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3506
3507 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3508
3509 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3510 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3511
3512 Key bindings:
3513 \\{c-mode-map}
3514
3515 \(fn)" t nil)
3516
3517 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3518 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3519
3520 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3521 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3522 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3523 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3524 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3525 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3526 message.
3527
3528 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3529
3530 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3531 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3532
3533 Key bindings:
3534 \\{c++-mode-map}
3535
3536 \(fn)" t nil)
3537
3538 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3539 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3540 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3541
3542 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3543 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3544 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3545 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3546 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3547 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3548 message.
3549
3550 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3551
3552 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3553 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3554
3555 Key bindings:
3556 \\{objc-mode-map}
3557
3558 \(fn)" t nil)
3559
3560 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3561 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3562 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3563
3564 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3565 Major mode for editing Java code.
3566 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3567 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3568 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3569 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3570 message.
3571
3572 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3573
3574 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3575 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3576
3577 Key bindings:
3578 \\{java-mode-map}
3579
3580 \(fn)" t nil)
3581
3582 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3583 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3584 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3585
3586 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3587 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3588 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3589 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3590 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3591 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3592 message.
3593
3594 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3595
3596 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3597 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3598
3599 Key bindings:
3600 \\{idl-mode-map}
3601
3602 \(fn)" t nil)
3603
3604 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3605 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3606 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3607 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3608
3609 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3610 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3611 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3612 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3613 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3614 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3615 message.
3616
3617 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3618
3619 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3620 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3621
3622 Key bindings:
3623 \\{pike-mode-map}
3624
3625 \(fn)" t nil)
3626 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3627 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3628 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3629 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3630 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3631 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3632
3633 ;;;***
3634 \f
3635 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3636 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17521 64538))
3637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3638
3639 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3640 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3641 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3642 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3643
3644 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3645
3646 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3647 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3648 might get set too.
3649
3650 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3651 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3652 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3653 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3654 way.
3655
3656 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3657 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3658 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3659 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3660 a null operation.
3661
3662 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3663
3664 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3665 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3666 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3667 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3668
3669 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3670
3671 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3672 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3673 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3674
3675 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3676
3677 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3678 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3679 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3680 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3681 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3682
3683 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3684
3685 ;;;***
3686 \f
3687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17515
3688 ;;;;;; 39528))
3689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3690 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3691
3692 ;;;***
3693 \f
3694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17521 64538))
3695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3696 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3697 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3698 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3699
3700 ;;;***
3701 \f
3702 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3703 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3704 ;;;;;; (17097 33519))
3705 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3706
3707 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3708 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3709
3710 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3711
3712 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3713 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3714
3715 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3716
3717 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3718 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3719
3720 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3721 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3722 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3723 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3724 execution.
3725
3726 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3727
3728 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3729
3730 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3731 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3732
3733 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3734 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3735 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3736 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3737
3738 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3739 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3740 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3741 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3742 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3743 `write' commands.
3744
3745 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3746 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3747 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3748 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3749
3750 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3751 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3752 semantics.
3753
3754 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3755
3756 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3757
3758 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3759
3760 STATEMENT :=
3761 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3762 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3763
3764 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3765 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3766 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3767 | integer
3768
3769 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3770
3771 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3772 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3773 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3774
3775 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3776 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3777 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3778
3779 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3780 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3781
3782 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3783 BREAK := (break)
3784
3785 REPEAT :=
3786 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3787 (repeat)
3788 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3789 ;; (repeat))
3790 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3791 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3792 ;; (read REG)
3793 ;; (repeat))
3794 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3795 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3796 ;; (read REG)
3797 ;; (repeat))
3798 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3799
3800 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3801 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3802 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3803 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3804 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3805 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3806 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3807 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3808 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3809 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3810 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3811 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3812 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3813 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3814 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3815 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3816
3817 WRITE :=
3818 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3819 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3820 ;; representation.
3821 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3822 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3823 ;; (write r7))
3824 | (write EXPRESSION)
3825 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3826 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3827 ;; representation.
3828 | (write integer)
3829 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3830 ;; buffer.
3831 | (write string)
3832 ;; Same as: (write string)
3833 | string
3834 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3835 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3836 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3837 ;; representation.
3838 | (write REG ARRAY)
3839 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3840 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3841 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3842 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3843 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3844 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3845
3846 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3847 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3848
3849 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3850 END := (end)
3851
3852 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3853 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3854 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3855
3856 ARG := REG | integer
3857
3858 OPERATOR :=
3859 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3860 + | - | * | / | %
3861
3862 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3863 | & | `|' | ^
3864
3865 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3866 | << | >>
3867
3868 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3869 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3870 | <8
3871
3872 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3873 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3874 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3875 | >8
3876
3877 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3878 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3879 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3880 | //
3881
3882 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3883 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3884
3885 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3886 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3887 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3888 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3889 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3890 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3891 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3892 | de-sjis
3893
3894 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3895 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3896 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3897 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3898 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3899 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3900 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3901 ;; byte of SJIS.
3902 | en-sjis
3903
3904 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3905 ;; Same meaning as C code
3906 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3907
3908 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3909 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3910 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3911 | <8=
3912
3913 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3914 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3915 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3916
3917 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3918 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3919 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3920 | //=
3921
3922 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3923
3924
3925 TRANSLATE :=
3926 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3927 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3928 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3929 LOOKUP :=
3930 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3931 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3932 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3933 MAP :=
3934 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3935 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3936 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3937 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3938 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3939 MAP-ID := integer
3940
3941 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3942
3943 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3944 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3945 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3946 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3947 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3948 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3949
3950 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3951
3952 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3953 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3954 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3955
3956 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3957
3958 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3959
3960 ;;;***
3961 \f
3962 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3963 ;;;;;; (17397 61564))
3964 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3965
3966 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3967 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3968 There are no special keybindings by default.
3969
3970 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3971 to the action header.
3972
3973 \(fn)" t nil)
3974
3975 ;;;***
3976 \f
3977 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3978 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3979 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3980 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3981 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3982 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3983 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3984 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3985 ;;;;;; (17383 32136))
3986 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3987
3988 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3989 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3990 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3991 the users will view as each check is completed.
3992
3993 \(fn)" t nil)
3994
3995 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3996 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3997 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3998 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3999 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4000 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4001 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4002 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4003
4004 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4005
4006 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4007 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4008 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4009 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4010 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4011 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4012 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4013 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4014
4015 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4016
4017 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4018 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4019 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4020 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4021 spacing are all verified.
4022
4023 \(fn)" t nil)
4024
4025 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4026 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4027 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4028 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4029 otherwise stop after the first error.
4030
4031 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4032
4033 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4034 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4035 Only documentation strings are checked.
4036 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4037 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4038 a separate buffer.
4039
4040 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4041
4042 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4043 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4044 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4045 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4046 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4047
4048 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4049
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4052 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4053 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4054 if there is one.
4055
4056 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4057
4058 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4059 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4060 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4061 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4062 if there is one.
4063 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4064
4065 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4066
4067 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4068 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4069 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4070
4071 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4072
4073 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4074 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4075 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4076 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4077 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4078
4079 \(fn)" t nil)
4080
4081 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4082 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4083 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4084 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4085 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4086 space at the end of each line.
4087
4088 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4089
4090 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4091 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4092 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4093 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4094
4095 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4096
4097 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4098 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4099 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4100 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4101
4102 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4103
4104 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4105 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4106 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4107 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4108
4109 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4110
4111 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4112 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4113 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4114 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4115
4116 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4117
4118 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4119 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4120 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4121 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4122
4123 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4124
4125 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4126 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4127 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4128 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4129
4130 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4131
4132 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4133 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4134 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4135 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4136
4137 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4138
4139 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4140 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4141 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4142 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4143
4144 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4145
4146 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4147 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4148 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4149 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4150
4151 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4152
4153 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4154 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4155 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4156
4157 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4158 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4159 checking of documentation strings.
4160
4161 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4162
4163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4164
4165 ;;;***
4166 \f
4167 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4168 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17097
4169 ;;;;;; 33524))
4170 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4171
4172 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4173 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4174 Return the length of resulting text.
4175
4176 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4177
4178 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4179 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4180
4181 \(fn)" t nil)
4182
4183 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4184 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4185 Return the length of resulting text.
4186
4187 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4188
4189 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4190 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4191
4192 \(fn)" t nil)
4193
4194 ;;;***
4195 \f
4196 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4197 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17383 32092))
4198 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4199
4200 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4201 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4202 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4203 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4204 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4205 editing and the result is evaluated.
4206
4207 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4208
4209 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4210 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4211 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4212 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4213 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4214
4215 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4216
4217 \(fn)" t nil)
4218
4219 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4220 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4221 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4222 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4223 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4224
4225 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4226 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4227 \\{command-history-map}
4228
4229 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4230 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4231
4232 \(fn)" t nil)
4233
4234 ;;;***
4235 \f
4236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17383 32137))
4237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4238
4239 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4240 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4241 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4242 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4243 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4244 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4245
4246 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4247 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4248
4249 ;;;***
4250 \f
4251 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4252 ;;;;;; (17383 32136))
4253 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4254
4255 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4256 Not documented
4257
4258 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4259
4260 ;;;***
4261 \f
4262 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4263 ;;;;;; (17397 61564))
4264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4265
4266 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4267 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4268 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4269 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4270
4271 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4272 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4273 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4274 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4275
4276 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4277 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4278
4279 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4280
4281 ;;;***
4282 \f
4283 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17383
4284 ;;;;;; 32092))
4285 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4286
4287 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4288 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4289 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4290 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4291 of `scheme-program-name').
4292 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4293 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4294 discards input when it starts up.
4295 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4296 is run).
4297 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4298
4299 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4300 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4301
4302 ;;;***
4303 \f
4304 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4305 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4306 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17210 47738))
4307 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4308
4309 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4310 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4311 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4312 ASCII table.
4313
4314 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4315 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4316 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4317 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4318
4319 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4320
4321 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4322 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4323 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4324
4325 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4326
4327 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4328 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4329 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4330
4331 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4332
4333 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4334 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4335 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4336
4337 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4338
4339 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4340 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4341
4342 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4343 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4344 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4345
4346 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4347 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4348
4349 \(fn)" nil nil)
4350
4351 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4352 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4353
4354 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4355 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4356 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4357
4358 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4359
4360 ;;;***
4361 \f
4362 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4363 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4364 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4365 ;;;;;; (17578 34770))
4366 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4367
4368 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4369 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4370 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4371 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4372 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4373 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4374 functions have already modified the buffer.
4375
4376 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4377
4378 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4379 either globally or locally.")
4380
4381 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4382
4383 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4384 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4385 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4386 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4387 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4388 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4389 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4390 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4391
4392 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4393
4394 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4395
4396 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4397 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4398 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4399 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4400 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4401 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4402 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4403 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4404
4405 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4406
4407 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4408
4409 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4410 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4411 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4412 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4413 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4414 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4415
4416 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4417
4418 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4419 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4420 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4421 directory tracking functions.")
4422
4423 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4424 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4425 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4426
4427 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4428
4429 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4430
4431 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4432 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4433 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4434
4435 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4436
4437 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4438
4439 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4440 Send COMMAND to current process.
4441 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4442 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4443
4444 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4445
4446 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4447 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4448 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4449 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4450
4451 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4452
4453 ;;;***
4454 \f
4455 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17420
4456 ;;;;;; 36076))
4457 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4458
4459 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4460 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4461 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4462 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4463
4464 This command pushes the mark in each window
4465 at the prior location of point in that window.
4466 If both windows display the same buffer,
4467 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4468 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4469
4470 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4471 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4472 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4473 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4474 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4475 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4476 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4477 ignored.
4478
4479 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4480 this command work in interlaced mode:
4481 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4482 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4483 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4484
4485 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4486
4487 ;;;***
4488 \f
4489 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4490 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4491 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4492 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4493 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17590 36100))
4494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4495
4496 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4497 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4498
4499 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4500
4501 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4502 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4503
4504 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4505
4506 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4507 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4508 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4509 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4510 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4511 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4512 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4513
4514 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4515 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4516 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4517 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4518 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4519
4520 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4521 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4522 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4523 describing how the process finished.")
4524
4525 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4526 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4527 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4528 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4529
4530 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4531 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4532 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4533
4534 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4535
4536 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4537 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4538 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4539 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4540
4541 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4542
4543 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4544 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4545
4546 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4547 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4548
4549 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4550 (lambda ()
4551 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4552 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4553 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4554 (concat \"make -k \"
4555 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4556
4557 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile")
4558 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4559
4560 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4561 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4562 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4563 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4564
4565 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile")
4566
4567 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4568 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4569 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4570 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4571
4572 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4573 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4574
4575 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4576 and move to the source code that caused it.
4577
4578 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4579 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4580 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4581 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4582
4583 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4584 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4585 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4586 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4587 subprocesses.
4588
4589 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4590 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4591 to a function that generates a unique name.
4592
4593 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4594
4595 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4596 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4597 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4598 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4599
4600 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4601 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4602 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4603 to determine the buffer name.
4604
4605 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4606 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4607 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4608
4609 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4610
4611 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4612
4613 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4614 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4615 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4616 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4617 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4618
4619 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4620
4621 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4622
4623 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4624
4625 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4626 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4627 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4628 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4629 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4630 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4631 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4632
4633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4634
4635 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4636 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4637 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4638 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4639 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4640 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4641
4642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4643
4644 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4645 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4646 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4647
4648 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4649
4650 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4651
4652 ;;;***
4653 \f
4654 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4655 ;;;;;; (17578 34770))
4656 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4657
4658 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4659 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4660 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4661 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4662 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4663
4664 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4665
4666 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4667 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4668 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4669
4670 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4671 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4672 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4673 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4674
4675 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4676 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4677 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4678 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4679
4680 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4681 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4682 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4683 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4684
4685 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4686 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4687 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4688 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4689 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4690
4691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4692
4693 ;;;***
4694 \f
4695 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4696 ;;;;;; (17383 32093))
4697 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4698
4699 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4700 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4701 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4702 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4703 use either \\[customize] or the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4704
4705 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion")
4706
4707 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4708 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4709
4710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4711
4712 ;;;***
4713 \f
4714 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4715 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4716 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4717 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17318 53825))
4718 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4719
4720 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4721 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4722 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4723 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4724 `make-composition'.
4725
4726 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4727
4728 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4729 | | 1:tc or top-center
4730 | | 2:tr or top-right
4731 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4732 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4733 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4734 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4735 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4736 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4737
4738 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4739 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4740 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4741 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4742 be added.
4743
4744 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4745 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4746 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4747
4748 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4749 | | |
4750 | global| |
4751 | glyph | |
4752 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4753 +----+--*--+
4754 | | new |
4755 | |glyph|
4756 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4757 ")
4758
4759 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4760 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4761 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4762 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4763
4764 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4765
4766 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4767 Compose characters in the current region.
4768
4769 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4770 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4771
4772 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4773
4774 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4775 specifying the region.
4776
4777 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4778 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4779 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4780
4781 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4782 of the text in the region.
4783
4784 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4785
4786 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4787 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4788 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4789 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4790
4791 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4792 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4793 detail.
4794
4795 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4796 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4797 text in the composition.
4798
4799 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4800
4801 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4802 Decompose text in the current region.
4803
4804 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4805 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4806
4807 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4808
4809 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4810 Compose characters in string STRING.
4811
4812 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4813 the characters in it.
4814
4815 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4816 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4817 STRING respectively.
4818
4819 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4820 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4821 `compose-region' for more detail.
4822
4823 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4824 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4825 text in the composition.
4826
4827 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4828
4829 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4830 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4831
4832 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4833
4834 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4835 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4836 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4837 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4838 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4839 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4840 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4841 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4842
4843 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4844
4845 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4846 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4847
4848 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4849 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4850
4851 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4852 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4853
4854 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4855 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4856
4857 If no composition is found, return nil.
4858
4859 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4860 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4861
4862 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4863 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4864 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4865
4866 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4867
4868 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4869
4870 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4871 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4872 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4873
4874 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4875
4876 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4877
4878 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4879
4880 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4881 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4882
4883 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4884 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4885 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4886 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4887 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4888 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4889 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4890 nil.
4891
4892 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4893 is:
4894 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4895 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4896
4897 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4898
4899 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4900 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4901
4902 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4903
4904 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4905
4906 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4907 Compose last characters.
4908 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4909 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4910 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4911 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4912 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4913 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4914 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4915 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4916 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4917 after a sequence of character events.
4918
4919 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4920 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4921
4922 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4923 Convert CHAR to string.
4924
4925 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4926 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4927 vector of CHAR respectively.
4928 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4929
4930 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4931
4932 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4933
4934 ;;;***
4935 \f
4936 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4937 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4938 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17383 32186))
4939 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4940
4941 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4942 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4943 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4944 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4945 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4946 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4947 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4948
4949 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4950 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4951 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4952
4953 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4954 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4955 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4956
4957 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4958 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4959 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4960 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4961
4962 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4963 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4964 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4965 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4966 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4967 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4968 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4969
4970 \\{conf-mode-map}
4971
4972 \(fn)" t nil)
4973
4974 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4975 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4976 Comments start with `#'.
4977 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4978
4979 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4980
4981 \[Desktop Entry]
4982 Encoding=UTF-8
4983 Name=The GIMP
4984 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4985 Name[cs]=GIMP
4986
4987 \(fn)" t nil)
4988
4989 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4990 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4991 Comments start with `;'.
4992 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4993
4994 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4995
4996 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4997 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4998 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4999
5000 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5001 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5002
5003 \(fn)" t nil)
5004
5005 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5006 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5007 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5008 between `/*' and `*/'.
5009 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5010
5011 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5012 // another kind of comment
5013 /* yet another */
5014
5015 name:value
5016 name=value
5017 name value
5018 x.1 =
5019 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5020 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5021
5022 \(fn)" t nil)
5023
5024 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5025 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5026 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5027 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
5028 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
5029 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
5030 the keywords.
5031
5032 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5033
5034 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5035
5036 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5037 image/png png
5038 image/tiff tiff tif
5039
5040 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5041 class desktop
5042 # Standard multimedia devices
5043 add /dev/audio desktop
5044 add /dev/mixer desktop
5045
5046 \(fn)" t nil)
5047
5048 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5049 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5050 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5051 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5052
5053 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5054
5055 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5056 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5057
5058 \(fn)" t nil)
5059
5060 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5061 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5062 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5063 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5064
5065 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5066
5067 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5068 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5069
5070 \(fn)" t nil)
5071
5072 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5073 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5074 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5075 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5076
5077 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5078
5079 *background: gray99
5080 *foreground: black
5081
5082 \(fn)" t nil)
5083
5084 ;;;***
5085 \f
5086 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5087 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17578 34778))
5088 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5089
5090 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5091 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5092 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5093 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5094
5095 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5096
5097 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5098 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5099 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5100 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5101
5102 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5103
5104 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5105 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5106 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5107 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5108
5109 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5110
5111 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5112 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5113
5114 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5115
5116 ;;;***
5117 \f
5118 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5119 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17383 32137))
5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5121
5122 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5123 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5124 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5125 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5126 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5127 following the copyright are updated as well.
5128 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5129 interactively.
5130
5131 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5132
5133 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5134 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5135 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5136
5137 \(fn)" t nil)
5138
5139 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5140 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5141
5142 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5143
5144 ;;;***
5145 \f
5146 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
5147 ;;;;;; (17578 34778))
5148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5149
5150 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5151 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5152 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5153 Tab indents for Perl code.
5154 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5155 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5156
5157 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5158 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5159 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5160 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5161 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5162 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5163 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5164 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5165 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5166 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5167 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5168 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5169
5170 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5171
5172 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5173 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5174
5175 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5176
5177 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5178 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5179 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5180 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5181 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5182 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5183 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5184 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5185 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5186
5187 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5188
5189 bite if angry;
5190
5191 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5192 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5193 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5194 to nil.)
5195
5196 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5197 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5198 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5199
5200 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5201
5202 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5203 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5204 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5205 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5206 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5207
5208 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5209
5210 if (A) { B }
5211
5212 into
5213
5214 B if A;
5215
5216 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5217
5218 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5219 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5220 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5221 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5222 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5223 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5224 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5225 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5226 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5227 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5228 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5229 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5230 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5231
5232 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5233 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5234 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5235 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5236 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5237 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5238
5239 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5240 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5241 man via menu.
5242
5243 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5244 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5245 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5246 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5247 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5248
5249 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5250 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5251 span the needed amount of lines.
5252
5253 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5254 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5255 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5256 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5257
5258 Variables controlling indentation style:
5259 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5260 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5261 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5262 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5263 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5264 `cperl-auto-newline'
5265 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5266 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5267 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5268 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5269 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5270 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5271 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5272 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5273 `cperl-indent-level'
5274 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5275 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5276 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5277 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5278 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5279 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5280 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5281 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5282 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5283 `cperl-brace-offset'
5284 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5285 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5286 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5287 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5288 `cperl-label-offset'
5289 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5290 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5291 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5292
5293 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5294 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5295 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5296 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5297 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5298
5299 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5300 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5301 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5302 \(both available from menu).
5303
5304 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5305 column 0 is indented on
5306 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5307
5308 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5309 with no args.
5310
5311 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5312 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5313 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5314
5315 \(fn)" t nil)
5316
5317 ;;;***
5318 \f
5319 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5320 ;;;;;; (17397 61565))
5321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5322
5323 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5324 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5325 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5326 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5327 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5328
5329 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5330
5331 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5332 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5333
5334 \(fn)" t nil)
5335
5336 ;;;***
5337 \f
5338 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5339 ;;;;;; (17383 32142))
5340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5341
5342 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5343 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5344 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5345 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5346
5347 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5348 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5349
5350 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5351
5352 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5353 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5354 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5355
5356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5357
5358 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5359
5360 ;;;***
5361 \f
5362 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5363 ;;;;;; (17515 39527))
5364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5365
5366 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5367 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5368 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5369 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5370
5371 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5372 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5373 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5374 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5375
5376 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5377 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5378 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5379
5380 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5381 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5382 'bob', and 'eve'.
5383
5384 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5385 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5386 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5387
5388 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5389
5390 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5391 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5392 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5393
5394 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5395
5396 ;;;***
5397 \f
5398 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5399 ;;;;;; (17521 64537))
5400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5401
5402 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5403 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5404 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5405 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5406 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5407
5408 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5409
5410 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5411 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5412 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5413 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5414 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5415
5416 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5417 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5418 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5419 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5420 function of these prefix keys.
5421
5422 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5423 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5424 options:
5425 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5426 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5427 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5428
5429 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5430 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5431 the prefix fallback behavior.
5432
5433 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5434 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5435 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5436 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5437
5438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5439
5440 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5441 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5442
5443 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5444 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5445 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5446 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5447 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5448 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5449 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5450 (if user-init-file (concat
5451 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5452 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5453
5454 ;;;***
5455 \f
5456 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5457 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5458 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5459 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5460 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5461 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5462 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5463 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5464 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17590 36098))
5465 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5466 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5467
5468 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5469 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5470
5471 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5472 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5473
5474 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5475 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5476
5477 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5478
5479 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5480
5481 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5482 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5483 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5484
5485 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5486 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5487
5488 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5489 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5490
5491 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5492 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5493
5494 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5495 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5496
5497 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5498
5499 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5500
5501 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5502 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5503 Return VALUE.
5504
5505 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5506 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5507
5508 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5509 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5510
5511 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5512 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5513
5514 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5515 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5516
5517 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5518
5519 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5520
5521 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5522 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5523 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5524 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5525 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5526
5527 \(fn)" t nil)
5528
5529 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5530 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5531 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5532 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5533
5534 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5535
5536 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5537 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5538
5539 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5540
5541 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5542 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5543
5544 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5545
5546 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5547
5548 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5549 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5550
5551 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5552
5553 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5554
5555 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5556 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5557 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5558
5559 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5560
5561 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5562 Alist mapping versions of Emacs to versions of a package.
5563 These package versions are listed in the :package-version
5564 keyword used in `defcustom', `defgroup', and `defface'. Its
5565 elements look like this:
5566
5567 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5568
5569 For each PACKAGE, which is a symbol, there are one or more
5570 elements that contain a package version PVERSION with an
5571 associated Emacs version EVERSION. These versions are strings.
5572 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist with the
5573 following:
5574
5575 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5576 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5577 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5578 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5579 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5580
5581 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5582 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5583 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5584 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5585
5586 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5587
5588 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5589 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5590 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5591 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5592 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5593
5594 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5595 that were added or redefined since that version.
5596
5597 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5598
5599 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5600 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5601 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5602 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5603
5604 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5605 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5606
5607 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5608
5609 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5610 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5611 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5612
5613 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5614 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5615
5616 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5617
5618 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5619 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5620
5621 \(fn)" t nil)
5622
5623 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5624 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5625
5626 \(fn)" t nil)
5627
5628 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5629 Customize all already saved user options.
5630
5631 \(fn)" t nil)
5632
5633 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5634 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5635 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5636 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5637 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5638 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5639 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5640 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5641
5642 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5643
5644 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5645 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5646 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5647 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5648
5649 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5650
5651 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5652 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5653
5654 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5655
5656 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5657 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5658
5659 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5660
5661 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5662 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5663 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5664 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5665 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5666 that option.
5667
5668 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5669
5670 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5671 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5672 The result includes selecting that window.
5673 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5674 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5675 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5676 that option.
5677
5678 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5679
5680 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5681 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5682
5683 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5684
5685 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5686 File used for storing customization information.
5687 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5688 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5689 it should be an absolute file name.
5690
5691 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5692 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5693 something like the following in your init file:
5694
5695 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5696 \(load custom-file)
5697
5698 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5699 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5700
5701 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5702 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5703 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5704 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5705 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5706
5707 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5708 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5709 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5710 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5711 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5712 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5713 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5714 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5715 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5716 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5717
5718 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5719
5720 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5721 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5722
5723 \(fn)" nil nil)
5724
5725 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5726 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5727
5728 \(fn)" t nil)
5729
5730 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5731 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5732 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5733
5734 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5735
5736 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5737 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5738 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5739 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5740 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5741
5742 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5743
5744 ;;;***
5745 \f
5746 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5747 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17383 32094))
5748 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5749
5750 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5751 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5752
5753 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5754
5755 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5756 Alist of face attributes.
5757
5758 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5759 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5760 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5761 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5762 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5763 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5764
5765 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5766 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5767 customization type TYPE).
5768
5769 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5770 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5771 given face attribute.")
5772
5773 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5774 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5775 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5776 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5777
5778 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5779
5780 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5781 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5782 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5783 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5784 between themes and faces.
5785 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5786
5787 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5788 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5789
5790 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5791
5792 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5793 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5794 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5795
5796 (FACE IGNORED)
5797
5798 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5799
5800 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5801
5802 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5803 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5804 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5805
5806 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5807
5808 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5809
5810 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5811
5812 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5813
5814 ;;;***
5815 \f
5816 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5817 ;;;;;; (17397 61539))
5818 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5819
5820 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5821 Create a custom theme.
5822
5823 \(fn)" t nil)
5824
5825 ;;;***
5826 \f
5827 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5828 ;;;;;; (17582 35146))
5829 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5830
5831 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5832 Mode used for cvs status output.
5833
5834 \(fn)" t nil)
5835
5836 ;;;***
5837 \f
5838 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5839 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17397 61565))
5840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5841
5842 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5843 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5844
5845 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5846 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5847 C++ modes are included.
5848
5849 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5850
5851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5852
5853 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5854 Turn on CWarn mode.
5855
5856 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5857 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5858
5859 \(fn)" nil nil)
5860
5861 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5862 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5863 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5864 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5865 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5866
5867 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5868
5869 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5870 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5871 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5872 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5873 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5874
5875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5876
5877 ;;;***
5878 \f
5879 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5880 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5881 ;;;;;; (17097 33524))
5882 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5883
5884 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5885 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5886
5887 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5888
5889 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5890 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5891
5892 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5893
5894 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5895 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5896 For readability, the table is slightly
5897 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5898
5899 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5900 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5901 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5902 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5903 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5904
5905 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5906
5907 ;;;***
5908 \f
5909 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5910 ;;;;;; (17383 32095))
5911 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5912 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5913 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5914
5915 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5916 Completion on current word.
5917 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5918 and presents suggestions for completion.
5919
5920 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5921 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5922 completions.
5923
5924 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5925 then it searches *all* buffers.
5926
5927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5928
5929 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5930 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5931
5932 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5933 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5934 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5935 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5936 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5937
5938 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5939 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5940
5941 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5942 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5943 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5944
5945 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5946 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5947
5948 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5949
5950 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5951
5952 ;;;***
5953 \f
5954 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17397
5955 ;;;;;; 61565))
5956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5957
5958 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5959 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5960
5961 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5962 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5963 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5964
5965 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5966 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5967 Data lines are not indented.
5968
5969 Key bindings:
5970
5971 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5972 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5973
5974 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5975 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5976 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5977 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5978
5979 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5980
5981 dcl-basic-offset
5982 Extra indentation within blocks.
5983
5984 dcl-continuation-offset
5985 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5986
5987 dcl-margin-offset
5988 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5989
5990 dcl-margin-label-offset
5991 Indentation for a label.
5992
5993 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5994 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5995
5996 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5997 dcl-block-end-regexp
5998 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5999 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6000 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6001 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6002 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6003
6004 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6005 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6006 Two such functions are included in the package:
6007 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6008 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6009
6010 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6011 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6012 One such function is included in the package:
6013 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6014
6015 dcl-tab-always-indent
6016 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6017 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6018 margin.
6019
6020 dcl-electric-characters
6021 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6022 typed.
6023
6024 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6025 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6026 which words trigger electric indentation.
6027
6028 dcl-tempo-comma
6029 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6030 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6031 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6032
6033 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6034 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6035 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6036 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6037
6038 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6039 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6040 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6041 dcl-imenu-label-call
6042 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6043
6044 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6045 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6046 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6047 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6048
6049
6050 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6051
6052 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6053 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6054 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6055 $ i = 1
6056 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6057 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6058 $ label:
6059 $ if i.eq.1
6060 $ then
6061 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6062 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6063 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6064 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6065 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6066 \"lined up with the command line\"
6067 $ type sys$input
6068 Data lines are not indented at all.
6069 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6070 $ endif
6071 $
6072
6073
6074 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6075 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6076
6077 \(fn)" t nil)
6078
6079 ;;;***
6080 \f
6081 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6082 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17438 58633))
6083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6084
6085 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6086
6087 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6088 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6089 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6090 of the evaluator.
6091
6092 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6093 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6094 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6095
6096 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6097
6098 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6099 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6100
6101 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6102
6103 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6104 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6105 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6106 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6107 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6108 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6109
6110 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6111 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6112
6113 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6114
6115 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6116 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6117 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6118 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6119 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6120
6121 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6122
6123 ;;;***
6124 \f
6125 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6126 ;;;;;; (17383 32181))
6127 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6128
6129 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6130 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6131
6132 \(fn)" t nil)
6133
6134 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6135 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6136 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6137 Upper-case letters are commands.
6138
6139 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6140 modify it.
6141
6142 The most useful commands are:
6143 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6144 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6145 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6146 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6147 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6148 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6149
6150 \(fn)" t nil)
6151
6152 ;;;***
6153 \f
6154 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6155 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17383
6156 ;;;;;; 32095))
6157 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6158
6159 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6160 Customization of `columns' group.
6161
6162 \(fn)" t nil)
6163
6164 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6165 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6166
6167 START and END delimits the text region.
6168
6169 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6170
6171 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6172 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6173
6174 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6175
6176 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6177
6178 ;;;***
6179 \f
6180 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17397
6181 ;;;;;; 61565))
6182 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6183
6184 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6185 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6186 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6187 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6188 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6189 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6190
6191 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6192
6193 Customization:
6194
6195 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6196 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6197 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6198 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6199 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6200 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6201 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6202 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6203 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6204 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6205 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6206 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6207 blank line.
6208 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6209 Directories to search when finding external units.
6210 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6211 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6212
6213 Coloring:
6214
6215 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6216 Face used to color delphi comments.
6217 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6218 Face used to color delphi strings.
6219 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6220 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6221 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6222 Face used to color everything else.
6223
6224 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6225 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6226
6227 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6228
6229 ;;;***
6230 \f
6231 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17383
6232 ;;;;;; 32095))
6233 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6234
6235 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6236
6237 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6238 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6239 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6240 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6241 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6242
6243 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6244
6245 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6246 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6247 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6248 positive.
6249
6250 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6251 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6252 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6253 any selection.
6254
6255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6256
6257 ;;;***
6258 \f
6259 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6260 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17383 32137))
6261 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6262
6263 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6264 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6265
6266 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6267
6268 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6269 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6270 or nil if there is no parent.
6271 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6272 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6273 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6274 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6275 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6276
6277 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6278 arguments are currently understood:
6279 :group GROUP
6280 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6281 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6282 :syntax-table TABLE
6283 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6284 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6285 :abbrev-table TABLE
6286 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6287 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6288
6289 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6290
6291 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6292
6293 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6294 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6295 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6296
6297 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6298 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6299
6300 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6301 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6302 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6303
6304 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6305 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6306
6307 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6308 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6309
6310 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6311
6312 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6313
6314 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6315 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6316 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6317 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6318 the first time the mode is used.
6319
6320 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6321
6322 ;;;***
6323 \f
6324 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6325 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17383 32095))
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6327
6328 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6329 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6330 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6331 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6332 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6333 otherwise.
6334
6335 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6336
6337 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6338 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6339 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6340 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6341 character composition information (if relevant),
6342 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6343
6344 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6345
6346 ;;;***
6347 \f
6348 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6349 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6350 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6351 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17578 34771))
6352 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6353
6354 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6355 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6356 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6357
6358 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6359
6360 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6361 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6362 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6363 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6364 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6365 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6366
6367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6368
6369 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6370 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6371 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6372 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6373
6374 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6375
6376 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6377 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6378 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6379
6380 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6381 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6382 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6383
6384 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6385 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6386
6387 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6388 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6389 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6390
6391 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6392 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6393 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6394 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6395
6396 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6397
6398 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6399 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6400
6401 Handlers are called with argument list
6402
6403 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6404
6405 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6406
6407 desktop-file-version
6408 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6409 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6410 desktop-buffer-point
6411 desktop-buffer-mark
6412 desktop-buffer-read-only
6413 desktop-buffer-locals
6414
6415 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6416 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6417
6418 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6419 code like
6420
6421 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6422 ...
6423 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6424 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6425
6426 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6427
6428 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6429
6430 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6431 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6432 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6433 List elements must have the form
6434
6435 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6436
6437 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6438 function.
6439
6440 Handlers are called with argument list
6441
6442 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6443
6444 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6445
6446 desktop-file-version
6447 desktop-buffer-file-name
6448 desktop-buffer-name
6449 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6450 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6451 desktop-buffer-point
6452 desktop-buffer-mark
6453 desktop-buffer-read-only
6454 desktop-buffer-misc
6455
6456 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6457 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6458 created and set.
6459
6460 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6461 code like
6462
6463 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6464 ...
6465 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6466 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6467
6468 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6469
6470 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6471
6472 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6473
6474 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6475 Empty the Desktop.
6476 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6477 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6478 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6479
6480 \(fn)" t nil)
6481
6482 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6483 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6484 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6485 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6486
6487 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6488
6489 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6490 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6491 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6492
6493 \(fn)" t nil)
6494
6495 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6496 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6497 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6498 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6499 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6500 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6501 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6502 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6503
6504 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6505
6506 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6507 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6508 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6509
6510 \(fn)" nil nil)
6511
6512 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6513 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6514 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6515 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6516 directory DIRNAME.
6517
6518 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6519
6520 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6521 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6522
6523 \(fn)" t nil)
6524
6525 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6526 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6527
6528 \(fn)" t nil)
6529
6530 ;;;***
6531 \f
6532 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6533 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6534 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17494 22065))
6535 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6536
6537 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6538 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6539 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6540 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6541 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6542 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6543
6544 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6545
6546 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6547 Repair a broken attribution line.
6548 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6549
6550 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6551
6552 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6553 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6554 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6555 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6556
6557 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6558
6559 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6560 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6561
6562 \(fn)" t nil)
6563
6564 ;;;***
6565 \f
6566 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6567 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17097 33525))
6568 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6569
6570 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6571
6572 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6573 Not documented
6574
6575 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6576
6577 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6578 Not documented
6579
6580 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6581
6582 ;;;***
6583 \f
6584 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6585 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17521 64537))
6586 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6587
6588 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6589 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6590 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6591 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6592 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6593
6594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6595
6596 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6597 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6598 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6599 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6600
6601 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6602 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6603 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6604 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6605
6606 #!/bin/sh
6607 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6608 emacs -batch \\
6609 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6610 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6611 european-calendar-style t \\
6612 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6613 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6614 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6615
6616 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6617 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6618 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6619 to run it every morning at 1am.
6620
6621 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6622
6623 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6624 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6625
6626 \(fn)" t nil)
6627
6628 ;;;***
6629 \f
6630 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6631 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17578 34771))
6632 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6633
6634 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6635 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6636
6637 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6638
6639 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6640 *The command to use to run diff.")
6641
6642 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6643
6644 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6645 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6646 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6647 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6648 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6649 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6650
6651 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6652
6653 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6654 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6655 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6656 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6657 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6658 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6659
6660 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6661
6662 ;;;***
6663 \f
6664 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6665 ;;;;;; (17578 34771))
6666 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6667
6668 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6669 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6670 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6671 normal diffs.
6672 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6673 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6674 headers for you on-the-fly.
6675
6676 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6677 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6678 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6679 \\{diff-mode-map}
6680
6681 \(fn)" t nil)
6682
6683 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6684 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6685 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6686
6687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6688
6689 ;;;***
6690 \f
6691 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6692 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6693 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6694 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6695 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17578 34771))
6696 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6697
6698 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6699 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6700 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6701 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6702 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6703 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6704 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6705 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6706
6707 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6708
6709 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6710 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6711
6712 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6713 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6714 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6715 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6716 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6717
6718 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6719 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6720
6721 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6722 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6723 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6724 always set this variable to t.")
6725
6726 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6727
6728 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6729 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6730 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6731 A value of t means move to first file.")
6732
6733 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6734
6735 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6736 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6737 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6738 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6739 are afterward marked with that character.")
6740
6741 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6742
6743 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6744 *Controls marking of copied files.
6745 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6746 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6747
6748 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6749
6750 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6751 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6752 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6753 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6754
6755 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6756
6757 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6758 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6759 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6760 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6761
6762 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6763
6764 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6765 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6766 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6767 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6768
6769 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6770
6771 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6772
6773 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6774 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6775 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6776
6777 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6778
6779 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6780 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6781 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6782 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6783 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6784 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6785
6786 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6787 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6788 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6789 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6790 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6791 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6792 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6793 list of files to make directory entries for.
6794 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6795 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6796 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6797 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6798
6799 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6800
6801 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6802 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6803
6804 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6805 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6806
6807 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6808 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6809
6810 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6811 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6812
6813 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6814
6815 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6816 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6817
6818 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6819
6820 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6821 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6822 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6823 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6824 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6825 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6826 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6827 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6828 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6829 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6830 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6831 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6832 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6833 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6834 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6835 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6836 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6837 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6838 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6839 to see why something went wrong.
6840 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6841 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6842 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6843 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6844 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6845 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6846 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6847 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6848 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6849 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6850 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6851 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6852 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6853
6854 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6855 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6856 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6857 again for the directory tree.
6858
6859 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6860 for more info):
6861
6862 `dired-listing-switches'
6863 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6864 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6865 `dired-marker-char'
6866 `dired-del-marker'
6867 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6868 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6869 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6870 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6871
6872 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6873
6874 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6875 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6876 `dired-mode-hook'
6877 `dired-load-hook'
6878
6879 Keybindings:
6880 \\{dired-mode-map}
6881
6882 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6883 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6884
6885 ;;;***
6886 \f
6887 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6888 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6889 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6890 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6891 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6892 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6893 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6894 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6895 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6896 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6897 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6898 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6899 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6900 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17521 64535))
6901 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6902
6903 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6904 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6905 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6906 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6907 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6908 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6909 which is options for `diff'.
6910
6911 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6912
6913 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6914 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6915 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6916 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6917 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6918 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6919
6920 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6921
6922 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6923 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6924 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6925 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6926 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6927 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6928 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6929
6930 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6931
6932 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6933 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6934 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6935 returned by function `file-attributes'
6936
6937 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6938 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6939
6940 Examples of PREDICATE:
6941
6942 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6943 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6944 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6945 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6946 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6947
6948 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6949
6950 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6951 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6952 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6953
6954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6955
6956 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6957 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6958
6959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6960
6961 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6962 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6963
6964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6965
6966 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6967 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6968 This calls touch.
6969
6970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6971
6972 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6973 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6974 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6975 `lpr-switches' as default.
6976
6977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6978
6979 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6980 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6981 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6982 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6983 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6984
6985 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6986 with a prefix argument.
6987
6988 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6989
6990 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6991 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6992 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6993 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6994 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6995
6996 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6997 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6998
6999 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7000 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7001 file name substituted for `?'.
7002
7003 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7004 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7005
7006 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7007 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7008 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7009 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7010
7011 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7012
7013 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7014 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7015 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7016
7017 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7018 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7019 in a subdir.
7020
7021 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7022 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7023 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7024
7025 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7026
7027 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7028 Not documented
7029
7030 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7031
7032 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7033 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7034 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7035 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7036 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7037 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7038 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7039 from the buffer as well.
7040 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7041 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7042 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7043
7044 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7045
7046 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7047 Not documented
7048
7049 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7050
7051 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7052 Not documented
7053
7054 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7055
7056 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7057 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7058
7059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7060
7061 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7062 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7063
7064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7065
7066 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7067 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7068
7069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7070
7071 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7072 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7073 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7074 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7075
7076 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7077 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7078 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7079 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7080 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7081 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7082 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7083
7084 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7085
7086 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7087 Not documented
7088
7089 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7090
7091 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7092 Not documented
7093
7094 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7095
7096 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7097 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7098
7099 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7100
7101 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7102 Not documented
7103
7104 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7105
7106 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7107 Not documented
7108
7109 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7110
7111 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7112 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7113
7114 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7115
7116 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7117 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7118 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7119 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7120 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7121 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7122 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7123 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7124 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7125
7126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7127
7128 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7129 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7130 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7131 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7132 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7133 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7134 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7135 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7136
7137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7138
7139 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7140 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7141 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7142 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7143 and new hard links are made in that directory
7144 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7145 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7146 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7147
7148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7149
7150 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7151 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7152 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7153 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7154 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7155 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7156 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7157
7158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7159
7160 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7161 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7162
7163 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7164 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7165 file if none are marked.
7166
7167 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7168 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7169 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7170 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7171
7172 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7173 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7174
7175 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7176
7177 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7178 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7179 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7180
7181 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7182
7183 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7184 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7185 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7186
7187 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7188
7189 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7190 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7191 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7192
7193 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7194
7195 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7196 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7197
7198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7199
7200 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7201 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7202
7203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7204
7205 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7206 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7207 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7208 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7209 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7210 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7211 this subdirectory.
7212 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7213
7214 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7215 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7216 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7217 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7218 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7219 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7220 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7221
7222 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7223
7224 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7225 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7226 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7227 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7228 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7229 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7230 this subdirectory.
7231 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7232
7233 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7234
7235 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7236 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7237 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7238
7239 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7240
7241 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7242 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7243 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7244 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7245
7246 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7249 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7250 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7251 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7252
7253 \(fn)" t nil)
7254
7255 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7256 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7257 Lower levels are unaffected.
7258
7259 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7260
7261 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7262 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7263
7264 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7265
7266 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7267 Go down in the dired tree.
7268
7269 \(fn)" t nil)
7270
7271 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7272 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7273 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7274 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7275
7276 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7277
7278 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7279 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7280 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7281 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7282
7283 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7284
7285 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7286 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7287 Stops when a match is found.
7288 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7289
7290 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7291
7292 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7293 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7294 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7295 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7296 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7297
7298 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7299
7300 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7301 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7302 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7303 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7304
7305 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7306
7307 ;;;***
7308 \f
7309 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17521 64536))
7310 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7311
7312 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7313 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7314 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7315 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7316 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7317 buffer and try again.
7318
7319 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7320
7321 ;;;***
7322 \f
7323 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17582 31039))
7324 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7325
7326 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7327 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7328 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7329
7330 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7331
7332 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7333 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7334
7335 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7336 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7337
7338 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7339
7340 ;;;***
7341 \f
7342 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17383
7343 ;;;;;; 32137))
7344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7345
7346 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7347 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7348 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7349 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7350 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7351 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7352
7353 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7354
7355 ;;;***
7356 \f
7357 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7358 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7359 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7360 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7361 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17383 32097))
7362 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7363
7364 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7365 Return a new, empty display table.
7366
7367 \(fn)" nil nil)
7368
7369 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7370 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7371 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7372 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7373 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7374
7375 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7376
7377 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7378 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7379 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7380 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7381 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7382
7383 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7384
7385 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7386 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7387
7388 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7389
7390 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7391 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7392
7393 \(fn)" t nil)
7394
7395 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7396 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7397
7398 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7399
7400 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7401 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7402
7403 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7404
7405 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7406 Display character C using printable string S.
7407
7408 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7409
7410 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7411 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7412 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7413 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7414
7415 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7416
7417 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7418 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7419 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7420 X frame.
7421
7422 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7423
7424 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7425 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7426
7427 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7428
7429 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7430 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7431
7432 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7433
7434 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7435 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7436
7437 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7438 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7439 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7440 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7441
7442 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7443 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7444 European character display.
7445
7446 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7447 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7448 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7449 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7450
7451 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7452 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7453 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7454 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7455 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7456
7457 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7458
7459 ;;;***
7460 \f
7461 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7462 ;;;;;; (17383 32181))
7463 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7464
7465 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7466 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7467 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7468 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7469 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7470 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7471 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7472 Default is 2.
7473
7474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7475
7476 ;;;***
7477 \f
7478 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17521 64536))
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7480
7481 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7482 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7483 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7484 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7485 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7486 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7487 private or ask).
7488 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7489 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7490 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7491 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7492 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7493
7494 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7495
7496 ;;;***
7497 \f
7498 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7499 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17383 32186))
7500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7501
7502 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7503 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7504 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7505 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7506 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7507 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7508 table and its own syntax table.
7509
7510 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7511
7512 \(fn)" t nil)
7513
7514 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7515 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7516
7517 \(fn)" t nil)
7518 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7519
7520 ;;;***
7521 \f
7522 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17365 2741))
7523 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7524
7525 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7526 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7527
7528 \(fn)" t nil)
7529
7530 ;;;***
7531 \f
7532 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7533 ;;;;;; (17383 32097))
7534 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7535
7536 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7537 Toggle Double mode.
7538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7539 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7540
7541 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7542
7543 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7544 Toggle Double mode.
7545 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7546
7547 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7548 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7549
7550 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7551
7552 ;;;***
7553 \f
7554 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17582 28846))
7555 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7556
7557 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7558 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7559
7560 \(fn)" t nil)
7561
7562 ;;;***
7563 \f
7564 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7565 ;;;;;; (17383 32154))
7566 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7567
7568 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7569 Play sounds in message buffers.
7570
7571 \(fn)" t nil)
7572
7573 ;;;***
7574 \f
7575 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7576 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7577 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17585 4275))
7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7579
7580 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7581
7582 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7583 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7584 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7585 and toggle command MODE.
7586
7587 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7588 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7589 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7590 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7591 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7592 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7593 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7594 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7595 used (see below).
7596
7597 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7598 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7599 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7600 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7601 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7602 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7603 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7604 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7605 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7606 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7607 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7608 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7609 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7610 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7611 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7612 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7613 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7614
7615 For example, you could write
7616 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7617 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7618 ...BODY CODE...)
7619
7620 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7621
7622 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7623
7624 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7625 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7626 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7627 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7628 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7629 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7630 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7631 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7632 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7633 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7634 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7635 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7636
7637 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7638 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7639 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7640 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7641 call another major mode in their body.
7642
7643 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7644
7645 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7646 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7647 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7648 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7649 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7650 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7651 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7652
7653 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7654
7655 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7656 Not documented
7657
7658 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7659
7660 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7661 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7662 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7663
7664 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7665
7666 ;;;***
7667 \f
7668 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7669 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17383
7670 ;;;;;; 32138))
7671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7672
7673 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7674
7675 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7676 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7677
7678 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7679 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7680 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7681
7682 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7683 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7684
7685 :filter FUNCTION
7686
7687 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7688 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7689
7690 :visible INCLUDE
7691
7692 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7693 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7694
7695 :active ENABLE
7696
7697 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7698 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7699
7700 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7701
7702 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7703
7704 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7705
7706 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7707 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7708
7709 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7710 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7711
7712 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7713
7714 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7715
7716 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7717
7718 :keys KEYS
7719
7720 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7721 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7722 computed automatically.
7723 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7724
7725 :key-sequence KEYS
7726
7727 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7728 menu item.
7729 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7730 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7731 keyboard equivalent.
7732
7733 :active ENABLE
7734
7735 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7736 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7737
7738 :visible INCLUDE
7739
7740 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7741 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7742
7743 :suffix FORM
7744
7745 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7746 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7747
7748 :style STYLE
7749
7750 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7751 defined:
7752
7753 toggle: A checkbox.
7754 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7755 radio: A radio button.
7756 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7757 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7758 menu bar itself.
7759 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7760
7761 :selected SELECTED
7762
7763 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7764 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7765
7766 :help HELP
7767
7768 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7769
7770 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7771 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7772 as a solid horizontal line.
7773
7774 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7775
7776 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7777
7778 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7779 Not documented
7780
7781 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7782
7783 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7784 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7785 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7786 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7787
7788 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7789
7790 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7791 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7792 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7793 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7794 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7795 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7796
7797 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7798 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7799 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7800
7801 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7802 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7803
7804 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7805
7806 ;;;***
7807 \f
7808 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7809 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7810 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7811 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7812 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7813 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7814 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7815 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17397 61566))
7816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7817
7818 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7819 Customization for ebnf group.
7820
7821 \(fn)" t nil)
7822
7823 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7824 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7825
7826 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7827
7828 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7829 processed.
7830
7831 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7832
7833 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7834
7835 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7836 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7837
7838 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7839 killed after process termination.
7840
7841 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7842
7843 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7844
7845 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7846 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7847
7848 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7849 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7850 it to the printer.
7851
7852 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7853 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7854 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7855 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7856
7857 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7858
7859 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7860 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7861 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7862
7863 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7864
7865 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7866 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7867
7868 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7869
7870 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7871 processed.
7872
7873 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7874
7875 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7876
7877 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7878 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7879
7880 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7881 killed after process termination.
7882
7883 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7884
7885 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7886
7887 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7888 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7889 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7890 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7891
7892 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7893
7894 \(fn)" t nil)
7895
7896 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7897 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7898 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7899
7900 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7901
7902 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7903
7904 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7905 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7906
7907 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7908
7909 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7910 processed.
7911
7912 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7913
7914 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7915
7916 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7917 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7918
7919 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7920 killed after EPS generation.
7921
7922 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7923
7924 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7925
7926 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7927 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7928
7929 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7930 The EPS file name has the following form:
7931
7932 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7933
7934 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7935 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7936
7937 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7938 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7939 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7940 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7941
7942 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7943
7944 \(fn)" t nil)
7945
7946 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7947 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7948
7949 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7950 The EPS file name has the following form:
7951
7952 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7953
7954 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7955 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7956
7957 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7958 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7959 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7960 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7961
7962 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7963
7964 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7965
7966 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7967
7968 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7969 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7970
7971 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7972
7973 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7974 processed.
7975
7976 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7977
7978 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7979
7980 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7981 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7982
7983 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7984 killed after syntax checking.
7985
7986 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7987
7988 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7989
7990 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7991 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7992
7993 \(fn)" t nil)
7994
7995 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7996 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7997
7998 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7999
8000 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8001 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8002
8003 \(fn)" nil nil)
8004
8005 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8006 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8007
8008 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8009
8010 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8011
8012 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8013 Delete style NAME.
8014
8015 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8016
8017 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8018
8019 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8020 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8021
8022 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8023
8024 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8025
8026 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8027 Set STYLE as the current style.
8028
8029 It returns the old style symbol.
8030
8031 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8032
8033 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8034
8035 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8036 Reset current style.
8037
8038 It returns the old style symbol.
8039
8040 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8041
8042 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8043
8044 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8045 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8046
8047 It returns the old style symbol.
8048
8049 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8050
8051 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8052
8053 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8054 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8055
8056 It returns the old style symbol.
8057
8058 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8059
8060 \(fn)" t nil)
8061
8062 ;;;***
8063 \f
8064 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8065 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8066 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8067 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8068 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8069 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8070 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8071 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8072 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8073 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8074 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17590
8075 ;;;;;; 36100))
8076 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8077
8078 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8079 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8080 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8081 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8082 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8083 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8084
8085 Tree mode key bindings:
8086 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8087
8088 \(fn)" t nil)
8089
8090 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8091 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8092
8093 \(fn)" t nil)
8094
8095 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8096 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8097
8098 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8099
8100 \(fn)" nil nil)
8101
8102 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8103 View declaration of member at point.
8104
8105 \(fn)" t nil)
8106
8107 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8108 Find declaration of member at point.
8109
8110 \(fn)" t nil)
8111
8112 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8113 View definition of member at point.
8114
8115 \(fn)" t nil)
8116
8117 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8118 Find definition of member at point.
8119
8120 \(fn)" t nil)
8121
8122 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8123 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8124
8125 \(fn)" t nil)
8126
8127 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8128 View definition of member at point in other window.
8129
8130 \(fn)" t nil)
8131
8132 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8133 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8134
8135 \(fn)" t nil)
8136
8137 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8138 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8139
8140 \(fn)" t nil)
8141
8142 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8143 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8144
8145 \(fn)" t nil)
8146
8147 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8148 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8149
8150 \(fn)" t nil)
8151
8152 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8153 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8154 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8155 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8156 completion.
8157
8158 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8159
8160 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8161 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8162 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8163 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8164
8165 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8166
8167 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8168 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8169 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8170 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8171
8172 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8173
8174 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8175 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8176 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8177
8178 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8179
8180 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8181 Search for call sites of a member.
8182 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8183 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8184 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8185 looks like a function call to the member.
8186
8187 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8188
8189 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8190 Move backward in the position stack.
8191 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8192
8193 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8194
8195 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8196 Move forward in the position stack.
8197 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8198
8199 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8200
8201 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8202 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8203
8204 \(fn)" t nil)
8205
8206 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8207 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8208
8209 \(fn)" t nil)
8210
8211 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8212 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8213 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8214 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8215
8216 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8217
8218 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8219 Display statistics for a class tree.
8220
8221 \(fn)" t nil)
8222
8223 ;;;***
8224 \f
8225 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8226 ;;;;;; (17383 32098))
8227 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8228
8229 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8230 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8231 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8232 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8233
8234 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8235 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8236 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8237
8238 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8239 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8240 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8241
8242 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8243
8244 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8245
8246 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8247
8248 ;;;***
8249 \f
8250 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8251 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17383 32098))
8252 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8253
8254 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8255 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8256 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8257
8258 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8259
8260 ;;;***
8261 \f
8262 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8263 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8264 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17590 36099))
8265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8266
8267 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8268 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8269 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8270 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8271 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8272
8273 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8274 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8275 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8276 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8277
8278 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
8279
8280 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8281 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8282 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8283 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8284
8285 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
8286
8287 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8288 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8289 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8290 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8291
8292 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8293
8294 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8295
8296 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8297 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8298 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8299 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8300 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8301
8302 If you do this on a function definition
8303 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8304 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8305 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8306 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8307
8308 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8309 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8310 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8311 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8312 already is one.)
8313
8314 \(fn)" t nil)
8315
8316 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8317 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8318
8319 \(fn)" t nil)
8320
8321 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8322 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8323
8324 \(fn)" t nil)
8325
8326 ;;;***
8327 \f
8328 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8329 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8330 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8331 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8332 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8333 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8334 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8335 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8336 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8337 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17578 34771))
8338 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8339
8340 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8341 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8342
8343 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8344
8345 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8346 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8347
8348 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8349
8350 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8351
8352 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8353
8354 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8355 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8356 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8357 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8358
8359 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8360
8361 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8362 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8363
8364 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8365
8366 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8367
8368 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8369 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8370
8371 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8372
8373 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8374
8375 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8376 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8377 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8378 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8379
8380 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8381
8382 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8383
8384 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8385 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8386 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8387 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8388
8389 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8390
8391 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8392
8393 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8394 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8395 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8396 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8397
8398 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8399
8400 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8401
8402 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8403 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8404 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8405 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8406
8407 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8408
8409 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8410
8411 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8412 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8413 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8414 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8415 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8416 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8417
8418 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8419
8420 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8421 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8422 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8423 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8424
8425 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8426
8427 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8428
8429 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8430 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8431 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8432 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8433
8434 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8435
8436 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8437
8438 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8439
8440 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8441 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8442 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8443 follows:
8444 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8445 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8446
8447 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8448
8449 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8450 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8451 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8452 follows:
8453 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8454 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8455
8456 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8457
8458 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8459 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8460 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8461 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8462 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8463 region.
8464 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8465 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8466
8467 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8468
8469 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8470 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8471 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8472 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8473 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8474 region.
8475 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8476 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8477 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8478
8479 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8480
8481 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8482
8483 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8484 Merge two files without ancestor.
8485
8486 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8487
8488 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8489 Merge two files with ancestor.
8490
8491 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8492
8493 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8494
8495 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8496 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8497
8498 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8499
8500 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8501 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8502
8503 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8504
8505 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8506 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8507 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8508 buffer.
8509
8510 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8511
8512 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8513 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8514 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8515 buffer.
8516
8517 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8518
8519 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8520 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8521 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8522 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8523
8524 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8525
8526 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8527 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8528 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8529 and don't ask the user.
8530 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8531 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8532
8533 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8534
8535 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8536 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8537 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8538 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8539 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8540 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8541 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8542 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8543
8544 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8545
8546 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8547
8548 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8549
8550 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8551 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8552 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8553 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8554 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8555
8556 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8557
8558 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8559
8560 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8561 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8562 When called interactively, displays the version.
8563
8564 \(fn)" t nil)
8565
8566 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8567 Display Ediff's manual.
8568 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8569
8570 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8571
8572 ;;;***
8573 \f
8574 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8575 ;;;;;; (17401 56225))
8576 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8577
8578 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8579 Not documented
8580
8581 \(fn)" t nil)
8582
8583 ;;;***
8584 \f
8585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17401 56225))
8586 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8587
8588 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8589 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8590
8591 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8592
8593 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8594
8595 ;;;***
8596 \f
8597 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8598 ;;;;;; (17578 34771))
8599 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8600
8601 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8602 Display Ediff's registry.
8603
8604 \(fn)" t nil)
8605
8606 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8607
8608 ;;;***
8609 \f
8610 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8611 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17401 56227))
8612 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8613
8614 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8615 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8616 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8617 which see.
8618
8619 \(fn)" t nil)
8620
8621 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8622 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8623 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8624 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8625
8626 \(fn)" t nil)
8627
8628 ;;;***
8629 \f
8630 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8631 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8632 ;;;;;; (17383 32100))
8633 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8634
8635 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8636 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8637 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8638
8639 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8640 Edit a keyboard macro.
8641 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8642 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8643 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8644 its command name.
8645 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8646
8647 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8648
8649 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8650 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8651
8652 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8653
8654 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8655 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8656
8657 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8658
8659 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8660 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8661 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8662 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8663 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8664 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8665
8666 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8667 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8668 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8669 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8670
8671 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8672
8673 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8674 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8675 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8676 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8677 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8678 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8679
8680 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8681
8682 ;;;***
8683 \f
8684 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8685 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17383 32143))
8686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8687
8688 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8689 Set scroll margins.
8690 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8691 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8692
8693 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8694
8695 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8696 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8697
8698 \(fn)" t nil)
8699
8700 ;;;***
8701 \f
8702 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8703 ;;;;;; (17383 32100))
8704 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8705
8706 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8707 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8708 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8709 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8710 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8711 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8712 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8713 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8714
8715 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8716 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8717
8718 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8719 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8720 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8721 this value is non-nil.
8722
8723 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8724 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8725 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8726
8727 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8728 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8729 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8730
8731 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8732
8733 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8734 Not documented
8735
8736 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8737
8738 ;;;***
8739 \f
8740 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8741 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17383 32138))
8742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8743
8744 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8745 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8746
8747 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8748
8749 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8750 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8751 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8752 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8753 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8754 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8755 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8756
8757 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8758
8759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8760
8761 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8762 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8763
8764 \(fn)" t nil)
8765
8766 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8767 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8768 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8769 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8770 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8771 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8772 arg list.
8773
8774 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8775 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8776
8777 ;;;***
8778 \f
8779 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17383
8780 ;;;;;; 32100))
8781 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8782
8783 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8784 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8785
8786 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8787 an elided material again.
8788
8789 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8790
8791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8792
8793 ;;;***
8794 \f
8795 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8796 ;;;;;; (17383 32138))
8797 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8798
8799 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8800 Initialize elint.
8801
8802 \(fn)" t nil)
8803
8804 ;;;***
8805 \f
8806 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8807 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17383
8808 ;;;;;; 32138))
8809 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8810
8811 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8812 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8813 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8814
8815 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8816
8817 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8818 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8819 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8820
8821 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8822
8823 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8824 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8825 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8826
8827 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8828
8829 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8830
8831 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8832 Display current profiling results.
8833 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8834 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8835 displayed.
8836
8837 \(fn)" t nil)
8838
8839 ;;;***
8840 \f
8841 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8842 ;;;;;; (17383 32168))
8843 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8844
8845 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8846 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8847 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8848
8849 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8850
8851 ;;;***
8852 \f
8853 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8854 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8855 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8856 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8857 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17167 12307))
8858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8859
8860 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8861 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8862 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8863 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8864 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8865 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8866 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8867 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8868 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8869 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8870 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8871 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8872 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8873 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8874 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8875 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8876
8877 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8878 Run Emerge on two files.
8879
8880 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8881
8882 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8883 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8884
8885 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8886
8887 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8888 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8889
8890 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8891
8892 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8893 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8894
8895 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8896
8897 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8898 Not documented
8899
8900 \(fn)" nil nil)
8901
8902 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8903 Not documented
8904
8905 \(fn)" nil nil)
8906
8907 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8908 Not documented
8909
8910 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8911
8912 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8913 Not documented
8914
8915 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8916
8917 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8918 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8919
8920 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8921
8922 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8923 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8924
8925 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8926
8927 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8928 Not documented
8929
8930 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8931
8932 ;;;***
8933 \f
8934 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8935 ;;;;;; (17097 33520))
8936 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8937
8938 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
8939 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
8940 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8942 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
8943
8944 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
8945
8946 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
8947 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
8948 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8949
8950 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
8951 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
8952 automatically.
8953
8954 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
8955 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
8956 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
8957
8958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8959
8960 ;;;***
8961 \f
8962 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8963 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17383 32186))
8964 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8965
8966 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8967 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8968 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8969 text/enriched format.
8970 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8971
8972 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8973 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8974
8975 Commands:
8976
8977 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8978
8979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8980
8981 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8982 Not documented
8983
8984 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8985
8986 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8987 Not documented
8988
8989 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8990
8991 ;;;***
8992 \f
8993 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-select erc-select-read-args) "erc" "erc/erc.el"
8994 ;;;;;; (17484 52428))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8996
8997 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
8998 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8999
9000 \(fn)" nil nil)
9001
9002 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
9003 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9004 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9005 (server (erc-compute-server))
9006 (port (erc-compute-port))
9007 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9008 password
9009 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9010
9011 That is, if called with
9012 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9013 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9014 erc-compute-port, erc-compute-nick and erc-compute-full-name will
9015 be invoked for those parameters' values
9016
9017 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9018
9019 ;;;***
9020 \f
9021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17397
9022 ;;;;;; 61550))
9023 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9024 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9025
9026 ;;;***
9027 \f
9028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17457 37501))
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9030 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9031
9032 ;;;***
9033 \f
9034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17372 48745))
9035 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9036 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9037
9038 ;;;***
9039 \f
9040 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9041 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17397 61550))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9043
9044 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9045 Parser for /dcc command.
9046 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9047 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9048 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9049
9050 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9051
9052 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9053 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9054
9055 \(fn)" nil nil)
9056
9057 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9058 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9059
9060 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9061 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9062 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9063 that subcommand.
9064
9065 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9066
9067 ;;;***
9068 \f
9069 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9070 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9071 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9072 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9073 ;;;;;; (17484 52428))
9074 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9075
9076 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9077 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9078
9079 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9080
9081 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9082 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9083 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9084 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9085
9086 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9087
9088 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9089 Not documented
9090
9091 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9092
9093 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9094 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9095
9096 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9097
9098 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9099 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9100
9101 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9102
9103 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9104 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9105
9106 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9107
9108 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9109 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9110
9111 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9112
9113 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9114 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9115
9116 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9117
9118 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9119 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9120
9121 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9122
9123 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9124 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9125
9126 \(fn)" nil nil)
9127
9128 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9129 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9130
9131 \(fn)" nil nil)
9132
9133 ;;;***
9134 \f
9135 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17397
9136 ;;;;;; 61550))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9138 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9139
9140 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9141 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9142 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9143
9144 \(fn)" nil nil)
9145
9146 ;;;***
9147 \f
9148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17391
9149 ;;;;;; 39324))
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9151 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9152
9153 ;;;***
9154 \f
9155 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9156 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17457 37501))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9158
9159 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9160 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9161 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9162 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9163 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9164 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9165 system.
9166
9167 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9168
9169 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9170 Not documented
9171
9172 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9173
9174 ;;;***
9175 \f
9176 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9177 ;;;;;; (17397 61551))
9178 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9179
9180 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9181 Not documented
9182
9183 \(fn)" nil nil)
9184
9185 ;;;***
9186 \f
9187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17484 52428))
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9189 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9190
9191 ;;;***
9192 \f
9193 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9194 ;;;;;; (17397 61551))
9195 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9196 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9197
9198 (autoload (quote erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "\
9199 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9200 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9201 available channel).
9202
9203 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9204
9205 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9206 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9207 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9208 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9209
9210 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9211
9212 ;;;***
9213 \f
9214 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9215 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17397 61551))
9216 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9217 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9218
9219 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9220 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9221 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9222 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9223 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9224 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9225
9226 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9227
9228 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9229 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9230 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9231 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9232
9233 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9234 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9235 automatically.
9236
9237 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9238 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9239
9240 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9241
9242 ;;;***
9243 \f
9244 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9245 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9246 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9247 ;;;;;; (17397 61551))
9248 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9249 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9250
9251 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9252 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9253
9254 \(fn)" t nil)
9255
9256 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9257 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9258
9259 \(fn)" t nil)
9260
9261 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9262 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9263
9264 \(fn)" t nil)
9265
9266 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9267 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9268
9269 \(fn)" t nil)
9270
9271 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9272 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9273
9274 \(fn)" t nil)
9275
9276 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9277 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9278
9279 \(fn)" t nil)
9280
9281 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9282 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9283
9284 \(fn)" t nil)
9285
9286 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9287 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9288
9289 \(fn)" t nil)
9290
9291 ;;;***
9292 \f
9293 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9294 ;;;;;; (17484 52428))
9295 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9296 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9297
9298 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9299 Show who's gone.
9300
9301 \(fn)" nil nil)
9302
9303 ;;;***
9304 \f
9305 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9306 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17391 39324))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9308
9309 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9310 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9311 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9312 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9313
9314 \(fn)" nil nil)
9315
9316 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9317 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9318
9319 \(fn)" t nil)
9320
9321 ;;;***
9322 \f
9323 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9324 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17397 61552))
9325 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9326 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9327
9328 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9329 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9330 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9331 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9332
9333 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9334
9335 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9336 Not documented
9337
9338 \(fn)" nil nil)
9339
9340 ;;;***
9341 \f
9342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17397 61552))
9343 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9344 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9345
9346 ;;;***
9347 \f
9348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17397
9349 ;;;;;; 61552))
9350 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9351 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9352
9353 ;;;***
9354 \f
9355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17397 61552))
9356 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9357 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9358
9359 ;;;***
9360 \f
9361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17397 61552))
9362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9363 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9364
9365 ;;;***
9366 \f
9367 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9368 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17391 39324))
9369 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9370 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9371
9372 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9373 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9374
9375 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9376
9377 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9378 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9379 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9380
9381 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9382
9383 ;;;***
9384 \f
9385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17397 61552))
9386 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9387 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9388
9389 ;;;***
9390 \f
9391 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9392 ;;;;;; (17397 61552))
9393 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9394
9395 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9396 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9397 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9398
9399 \(fn)" t nil)
9400
9401 ;;;***
9402 \f
9403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17397
9404 ;;;;;; 61552))
9405 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9406 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9407
9408 ;;;***
9409 \f
9410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17397 61552))
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9412 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9413
9414 ;;;***
9415 \f
9416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17397 61552))
9417 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9418 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9419 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9420
9421 ;;;***
9422 \f
9423 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9424 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17397 61552))
9425 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9426 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9427
9428 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9429 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9430 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9431 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9432
9433 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9434
9435 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9436 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9437 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9438
9439 \(fn)" t nil)
9440
9441 ;;;***
9442 \f
9443 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9444 ;;;;;; (17397 61553))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9446
9447 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9448 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9449
9450 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9451
9452 ;;;***
9453 \f
9454 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17383
9455 ;;;;;; 32152))
9456 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9457
9458 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9459 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9460
9461 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9462
9463 \(fn)" nil nil)
9464
9465 ;;;***
9466 \f
9467 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17383
9468 ;;;;;; 32152))
9469 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9470
9471 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9472 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9473
9474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9475
9476 ;;;***
9477 \f
9478 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9479 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17432 37360))
9480 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9481
9482 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9483 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9484 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9485 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9486 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9487 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9488 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9489 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9490 buffer selected (or created).
9491
9492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9493
9494 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9495 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9496 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9497
9498 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9499
9500 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9501 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9502 The result might be any Lisp object.
9503 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9504 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9505 corresponding to a successful execution.
9506
9507 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9508
9509 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9510 Report a bug in Eshell.
9511 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9512 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9513
9514 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9515
9516 ;;;***
9517 \f
9518 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9519 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9520 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9521 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9522 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9523 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9524 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9525 ;;;;;; (17420 36090))
9526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9527
9528 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9529 *File name of tags table.
9530 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9531 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9532 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9533 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9534
9535 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9536 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9537 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9538 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9539
9540 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
9541
9542 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9543 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9544 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9545 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9546 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9547 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9548
9549 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
9550
9551 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9552 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9553 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9554 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9555 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9556 `auto-compression-mode').")
9557
9558 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
9559
9560 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9561 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9562 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9563 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9564 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9565
9566 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
9567
9568 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9569 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9570 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9571 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9572
9573 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
9574
9575 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9576 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9577 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9578 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9579 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9580
9581 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
9582
9583 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9584 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9585
9586 \(fn)" t nil)
9587
9588 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9589 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9590 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9591 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9592
9593 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9594 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9595 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9596 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9597 file the tag was in.
9598
9599 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9600
9601 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9602 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9603 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9604 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9605 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9606 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9607 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9608 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9609 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9610
9611 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9612
9613 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9614 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9615 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9616 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9617 without directory names.
9618
9619 \(fn)" nil nil)
9620
9621 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9622 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9623 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9624 but does not select the buffer.
9625 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9626
9627 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9628 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9629 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9630 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9631 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9632
9633 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9634
9635 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9636 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9637 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9638
9639 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9640
9641 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9642
9643 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9644 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9645 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9646 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9647
9648 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9649 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9650 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9651 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9652 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9653
9654 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9655
9656 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9657 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9658 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9659
9660 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9661
9662 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9663 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9664
9665 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9666 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9667 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9668 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9669 around or before point.
9670
9671 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9672 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9673 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9674 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9675 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9676
9677 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9678
9679 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9680 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9681 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9682
9683 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9684
9685 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9686 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9687
9688 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9689 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9690 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9691 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9692 around or before point.
9693
9694 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9695 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9696 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9697 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9698 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9699
9700 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9701
9702 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9703 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9704 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9705
9706 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9707
9708 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9709 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9710
9711 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9712 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9713 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9714
9715 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9716 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9717 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9718 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9719 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9720
9721 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9722
9723 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9724 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9725 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9726
9727 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9728
9729 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9730 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9731 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9732
9733 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9734 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9735
9736 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9737 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9738 where they were found.
9739
9740 \(fn)" t nil)
9741
9742 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9743 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9744
9745 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9746 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9747 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9748
9749 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9750 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9751
9752 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9753 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9754
9755 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9756
9757 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9758 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9759 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9760 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9761
9762 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9763 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9764 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9765 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9766 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9767
9768 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9769 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9770
9771 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9772 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9773 Stops when a match is found.
9774 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9775
9776 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9777
9778 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9779
9780 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9781 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9782 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9783 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9784 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9785
9786 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9787
9788 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9789
9790 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9791 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9792 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9793 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9794 directory specification.
9795
9796 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9797
9798 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9799 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9800
9801 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9802
9803 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9804 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9805 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9806 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9807
9808 \(fn)" t nil)
9809
9810 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9811 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9812 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9813 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9814 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9815
9816 \(fn)" t nil)
9817
9818 ;;;***
9819 \f
9820 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9821 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9822 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9823 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9824 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9825 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9826 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9827 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17578 34777))
9828 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9829
9830 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9831 Not documented
9832
9833 \(fn)" nil nil)
9834
9835 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9836 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9837 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9838 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9839
9840 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9841 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9842 language.
9843
9844 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9845 even if the buffer is read-only.
9846
9847 See also the descriptions of the variables
9848 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9849 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9850
9851 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9852
9853 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9854 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9855
9856 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9857 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9858
9859 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9860 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9861 language.
9862
9863 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9864 buffer is read-only.
9865
9866 See also the descriptions of the variables
9867 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9868 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9869
9870 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9871
9872 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9873 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9874 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9875
9876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9877
9878 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9879 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9880
9881 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9882 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9883
9884 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9885 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9886
9887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9888
9889 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9890 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9891 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9892 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9893
9894 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9895
9896 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9897 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9898 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9899 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9900
9901 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9902 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9903 the primary language.
9904
9905 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9906 buffer is read-only.
9907
9908 See also the descriptions of the variables
9909 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9910 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9911
9912 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9913
9914 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9915 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9916 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9917 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9918
9919 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9920 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9921 primary language.
9922
9923 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9924 buffer is read-only.
9925
9926 See also the descriptions of the variables
9927 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9928 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9929
9930 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9931
9932 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9933 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9934 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9935
9936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9937
9938 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9939 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
9940
9941 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
9942 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
9943 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
9944 3) convert the body into SERA.
9945
9946 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
9947
9948 \(fn)" t nil)
9949
9950 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9951 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9952 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9953
9954 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9955
9956 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
9957 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9958
9959 \(fn)" t nil)
9960
9961 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
9962 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9963
9964 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9965 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
9966 be 1, 2, or 3.
9967
9968 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9969 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9970 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9971
9972 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
9973
9974 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9975
9976 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
9977 Allow the user to input special characters.
9978
9979 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9980
9981 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9982 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9983 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
9984
9985 \(fn)" t nil)
9986
9987 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9988 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9989
9990 \(fn)" t nil)
9991
9992 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9993 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9994
9995 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9996 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9997
9998 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9999 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10000
10001 \(fn)" nil nil)
10002
10003 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10004 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10005
10006 \(fn)" nil nil)
10007
10008 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10009 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10010
10011 \(fn)" nil nil)
10012
10013 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10014 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10015
10016 \(fn)" nil nil)
10017
10018 ;;;***
10019 \f
10020 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10021 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10022 ;;;;;; (17383 32175))
10023 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10024
10025 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10026 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10027 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10028 server for future sessions.
10029
10030 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10031
10032 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10033 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10034 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10035
10036 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10037
10038 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10039 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10040 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10041
10042 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10043
10044 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10045 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10046 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10047 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10048 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10049 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10050 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10051 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10052 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10053 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10054 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10055 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10056
10057 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10058
10059 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10060 Display a form to query the directory server.
10061 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10062 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10063
10064 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10065
10066 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10067 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10068 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10069
10070 \(fn)" t nil)
10071
10072 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10073
10074 ;;;***
10075 \f
10076 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10077 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10078 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17383 32175))
10079 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10080
10081 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10082 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10083
10084 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10085
10086 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10087 Display URL and make it clickable.
10088
10089 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10090
10091 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10092 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10093
10094 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10095
10096 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10097 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10098
10099 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10100
10101 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10102 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10103
10104 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10105
10106 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10107 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10108
10109 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10110
10111 ;;;***
10112 \f
10113 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10114 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17383 32175))
10115 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10116
10117 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10118 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10119 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10120
10121 \(fn)" t nil)
10122
10123 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10124 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10125
10126 \(fn)" t nil)
10127
10128 ;;;***
10129 \f
10130 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10131 ;;;;;; (17383 32175))
10132 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10133
10134 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10135 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10136
10137 \(fn)" t nil)
10138
10139 ;;;***
10140 \f
10141 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17578
10142 ;;;;;; 34775))
10143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10144
10145 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10146 Create an empty ewoc.
10147
10148 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10149
10150 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10151 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10152 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10153 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10154 `insert-before-markers'.
10155
10156 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10157 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10158 respectively, of the ewoc.
10159
10160 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10161 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10162 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10163
10164 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10165
10166 ;;;***
10167 \f
10168 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10169 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10170 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10171 ;;;;;; (17397 61567))
10172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10173
10174 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10175 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10176 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10177
10178 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10179
10180 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10181 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10182 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10183 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10184 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10185
10186 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10187
10188 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10189 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10190 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10191 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10192 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10193 executable.
10194
10195 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10196
10197 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10198 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10199 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10200
10201 \(fn)" t nil)
10202
10203 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10204 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10205 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10206 file modes.
10207
10208 \(fn)" nil nil)
10209
10210 ;;;***
10211 \f
10212 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10213 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17383 32101))
10214 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10215
10216 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10217 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10218 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10219 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10220
10221 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10222
10223 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10224 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10225 to generate such functions.
10226
10227 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10228 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10229 beginning of the expanded text.
10230
10231 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10232 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10233 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10234 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10235
10236 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10237
10238 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10239
10240 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10241 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10242 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10243
10244 \(fn)" t nil)
10245
10246 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10247 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10248 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10249
10250 \(fn)" t nil)
10251 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10252 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10253
10254 ;;;***
10255 \f
10256 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17397 61567))
10257 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10258
10259 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10260 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10261 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10262
10263 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10264 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10265 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10266
10267 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10268
10269 Key definitions:
10270 \\{f90-mode-map}
10271
10272 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10273
10274 `f90-do-indent'
10275 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10276 `f90-if-indent'
10277 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10278 `f90-type-indent'
10279 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10280 `f90-program-indent'
10281 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10282 (default 2).
10283 `f90-continuation-indent'
10284 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10285 `f90-comment-region'
10286 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10287 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10288 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10289 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10290 (default \"!\").
10291 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10292 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10293 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10294 `f90-break-delimiters'
10295 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10296 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10297 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10298 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10299 (default t).
10300 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10301 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10302 `f90-smart-end'
10303 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10304 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10305 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10306 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10307 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10308 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10309 `f90-leave-line-no'
10310 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10311
10312 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10313 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10314
10315 \(fn)" t nil)
10316
10317 ;;;***
10318 \f
10319 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10320 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10321 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10322 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10323 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17578 34771))
10324 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10325 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10326 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10327
10328 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10329 Menu keymap for faces.")
10330
10331 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10332
10333 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10334 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10335
10336 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10337
10338 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10339 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10340
10341 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10342
10343 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10344 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10345
10346 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10347
10348 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10349 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10350
10351 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10352
10353 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10354 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10355
10356 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10357
10358 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10359 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10360
10361 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10362
10363 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10364
10365 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10366
10367 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10368
10369 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10370 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
10371 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
10372 will not show through at all will be removed.
10373
10374 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
10375
10376 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10377 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10378 requested face.
10379
10380 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10381 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10382 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10383
10384 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10385
10386 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10387 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10388 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10389
10390 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10391 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10392 requested face.
10393
10394 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10395 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10396 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10397
10398 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10399
10400 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10401 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10402 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10403
10404 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10405 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10406 requested face.
10407
10408 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10409 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10410 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10411
10412 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10413
10414 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10415 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10416 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10417 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10418 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10419 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10420 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10421
10422 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10423 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10424 requested face.
10425
10426 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10427 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10428 to insert cancels the specification.
10429
10430 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10431
10432 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10433 Make the region invisible.
10434 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10435 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10436
10437 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10438
10439 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10440 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10441 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10442 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10443
10444 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10445
10446 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10447 Make the region unmodifiable.
10448 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10449 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10450
10451 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10452
10453 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10454 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10455
10456 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10457
10458 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10459 Remove all text properties from the region.
10460
10461 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10462
10463 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10464 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10465 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10466
10467 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10468
10469 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10470 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10471
10472 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10473
10474 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10475 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10476 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10477 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10478 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10479 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10480
10481 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10482
10483 ;;;***
10484 \f
10485 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10486 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17383 32179))
10487 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10488
10489 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10490 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10491 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10492 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10493
10494 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10495
10496 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10497 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10498 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10499
10500 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10501 - When you save the file's buffer.
10502 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10503 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10504 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10505 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10506
10507 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10508
10509 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10510 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10511 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10512 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10513
10514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10515
10516 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10517 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10518
10519 \(fn)" nil nil)
10520
10521 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10522
10523 ;;;***
10524 \f
10525 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10526 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10527 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17259 50162))
10528 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10529
10530 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10531 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10532 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10533 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10534
10535 \(fn)" nil nil)
10536
10537 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10538 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
10539
10540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10541
10542 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10543 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
10544 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10545 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10546
10547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10548
10549 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10550 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10551 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10552 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10553 backup file names and the like).
10554
10555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10556
10557 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10558 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10559 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10560 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10561 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
10562 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10563 internally by feedmail):
10564
10565 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10566 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10567 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10568 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10569
10570 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
10571 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10572 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10573 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
10574 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
10575
10576 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10577
10578 ;;;***
10579 \f
10580 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10581 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17401 56228))
10582 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10583
10584 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10585 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10586 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10587 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10588 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10589 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10590 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10591
10592 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10593
10594 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10595 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10596 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10597 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10598 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10599 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10600 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10601
10602 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10603
10604 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10605
10606 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10607 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10608 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10609 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10610 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10611 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10612
10613 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10614
10615 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10616 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10617 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10618 Return value:
10619 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10620 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10621 * otherwise, nil
10622
10623 \(fn E)" t nil)
10624
10625 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10626 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10627
10628 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10629
10630 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10631 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10632
10633 \(fn)" t nil)
10634
10635 ;;;***
10636 \f
10637 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
10638 ;;;;;; (17383 32101))
10639 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10640
10641 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10642 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10643 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10644 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10645 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10646 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10647 \(directories) is done.
10648
10649 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10650 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10651 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10652 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10653
10654 ;;;***
10655 \f
10656 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17383
10657 ;;;;;; 32102))
10658 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10659
10660 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10661 Filesets initialization.
10662 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10663
10664 \(fn)" nil nil)
10665
10666 ;;;***
10667 \f
10668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17585 4276))
10669 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10670 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10671
10672 ;;;***
10673 \f
10674 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10675 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10676 ;;;;;; (17383 32102))
10677 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10678
10679 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10680 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10681 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10682 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10683 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10684
10685 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
10686
10687 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10688 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10689 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10690 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10691 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10692
10693 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
10694
10695 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10696 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10697 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10698 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10699
10700 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
10701
10702 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10703 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10704 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10705
10706 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10707
10708 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10709 as the final argument.
10710
10711 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10712
10713 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10714 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10715 and run dired on those files.
10716 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10717 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10718
10719 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10720
10721 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10722
10723 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10724 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10725 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10726
10727 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10728
10729 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10730
10731 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10732
10733 ;;;***
10734 \f
10735 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10736 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10737 ;;;;;; (17383 32102))
10738 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10739
10740 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
10741 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
10742 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
10743 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
10744 construct.")
10745
10746 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10747 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10748 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10749
10750 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10751
10752 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10753
10754 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10755
10756 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10757 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10758 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10759
10760 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10761 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10762
10763 Variables of interest include:
10764
10765 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10766 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10767 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10768
10769 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10770 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10771 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10772
10773 - `ff-ignore-include'
10774 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10775
10776 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10777 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10778
10779 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10780 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10781
10782 - `ff-special-constructs'
10783 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10784 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10785 extracting the filename from that construct.
10786
10787 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10788 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10789
10790 - `ff-search-directories'
10791 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10792 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10793
10794 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10795 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10796
10797 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10798 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10799
10800 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10801 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10802
10803 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10804 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10805
10806 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10807 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10808
10809 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10810
10811 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10812 Visit the file you click on.
10813
10814 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10815
10816 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10817 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10818
10819 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10820
10821 ;;;***
10822 \f
10823 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10824 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10825 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10826 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10827 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10828 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10829 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17590 36099))
10830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10831
10832 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10833 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10834
10835 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10836
10837 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10838 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10839 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10840 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10841
10842 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10843 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10844 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10845 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10846
10847 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10848
10849 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10850 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10851
10852 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10853 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10854 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10855 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10856
10857 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10858 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10859 in `load-path'.
10860
10861 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10862
10863 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10864 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10865
10866 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10867 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10868 places point before the definition.
10869 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10870
10871 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10872 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10873 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10874
10875 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10876
10877 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10878 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10879
10880 See `find-function' for more details.
10881
10882 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10883
10884 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10885 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10886
10887 See `find-function' for more details.
10888
10889 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10890
10891 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10892 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10893
10894 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10895 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10896 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10897
10898 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10899 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10900
10901 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10902
10903 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10904 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10905
10906 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10907 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10908 places point before the definition.
10909
10910 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10911
10912 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10913 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10914 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10915
10916 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10917
10918 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10919 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10920
10921 See `find-variable' for more details.
10922
10923 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10924
10925 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10926 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10927
10928 See `find-variable' for more details.
10929
10930 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10931
10932 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10933 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10934 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10935 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10936 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10937 buffer nor display it.
10938
10939 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10940 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10941
10942 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10943
10944 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
10945 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10946
10947 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10948 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10949 places point before the definition.
10950
10951 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10952
10953 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10954 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10955 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10956
10957 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10958
10959 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
10960 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10961 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10962
10963 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10964
10965 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
10966 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10967
10968 \(fn)" t nil)
10969
10970 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
10971 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10972
10973 \(fn)" t nil)
10974
10975 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
10976 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10977
10978 \(fn)" nil nil)
10979
10980 ;;;***
10981 \f
10982 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10983 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17397 61540))
10984 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10985
10986 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
10987 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10988
10989 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10990
10991 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
10992 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10993
10994 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10995
10996 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
10997 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10998
10999 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11000
11001 ;;;***
11002 \f
11003 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11004 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17466 42705))
11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11006
11007 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11008 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11009
11010 \(fn)" t nil)
11011
11012 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11013 Display FILE's commentary section.
11014 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11015
11016 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11017
11018 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11019 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11020
11021 \(fn)" t nil)
11022
11023 ;;;***
11024 \f
11025 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11026 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17383 32103))
11027 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11028
11029 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11030 Toggle flow control handling.
11031 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11032 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11033
11034 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11035
11036 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11037 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11038 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11039 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11040 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11041 to get the effect of a C-q.
11042
11043 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11044
11045 ;;;***
11046 \f
11047 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11048 ;;;;;; (17484 52429))
11049 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11050
11051 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11052 Not documented
11053
11054 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11055
11056 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11057 Not documented
11058
11059 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11060
11061 ;;;***
11062 \f
11063 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11064 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17397 61567))
11065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11066
11067 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11068 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11069 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11070 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11071
11072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11073
11074 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11075 Turn flymake mode on.
11076
11077 \(fn)" nil nil)
11078
11079 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11080 Turn flymake mode off.
11081
11082 \(fn)" nil nil)
11083
11084 ;;;***
11085 \f
11086 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11087 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11088 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17578 34779))
11089 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11090
11091 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11092 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11093
11094 \(fn)" t nil)
11095 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11096
11097 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11098 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11099 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11100 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11101 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11102 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11103
11104 Bindings:
11105 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11106 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11107 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11108 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11109
11110 Hooks:
11111 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11112
11113 Remark:
11114 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11115 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11116 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11117
11118 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11119 consider adding:
11120 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11121 in your .emacs file.
11122
11123 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11124 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11125
11126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11127
11128 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11129 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11130
11131 \(fn)" nil nil)
11132
11133 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11134 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11135
11136 \(fn)" nil nil)
11137
11138 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11139 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11140
11141 \(fn)" nil nil)
11142
11143 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11144 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11145
11146 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11147
11148 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11149 Flyspell whole buffer.
11150
11151 \(fn)" t nil)
11152
11153 ;;;***
11154 \f
11155 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11156 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11157 ;;;;;; (17487 53545))
11158 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11159
11160 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11161 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11162
11163 \(fn)" t nil)
11164
11165 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11166 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11167
11168 \(fn)" t nil)
11169
11170 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11171 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11172
11173 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11174 of two major techniques:
11175
11176 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11177 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11178 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11179
11180 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11181 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11182 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11183 movement commands.
11184
11185 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11186 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11187 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11188 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11189 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11190 mileage may vary).
11191
11192 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11193 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11194
11195 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11196
11197 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11198 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11199 \(This is the default.)
11200
11201 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11202 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11203
11204 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11205 \\{follow-mode-map}
11206
11207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11208
11209 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11210 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11211
11212 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11213 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11214 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11215 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11216 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11217 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11218
11219 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11220 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11221 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11222
11223 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11224 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11225 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11226
11227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11228
11229 ;;;***
11230 \f
11231 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17383
11232 ;;;;;; 32168))
11233 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11234
11235 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11236 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11237 \\<message-mode-map>
11238 key binding
11239 --- -------
11240
11241 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11242 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11243 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11244 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11245 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11246 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11247
11248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11249
11250 ;;;***
11251 \f
11252 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11253 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17383 32104))
11254 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11255
11256 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11257 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11258
11259 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11260 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11261 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11262 C-c < forms-first-record <
11263 C-c > forms-last-record >
11264 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11265 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11266 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11267 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11268 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11269 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11270 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11271 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11272 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11273 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11274
11275 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11276
11277 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11278 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11279
11280 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11281
11282 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11283 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11284
11285 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11286
11287 ;;;***
11288 \f
11289 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11290 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17358 25800))
11291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11292
11293 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11294 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11295 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11296 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11297 with a character in column 6.")
11298
11299 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
11300
11301 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11302 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11303 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11304
11305 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11306 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11307
11308 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11309
11310 Key definitions:
11311 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11312
11313 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11314
11315 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11316 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11317 `fortran-do-indent'
11318 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11319 `fortran-if-indent'
11320 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11321 `fortran-structure-indent'
11322 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11323 (default 3)
11324 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11325 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11326 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11327 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11328 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11329 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11330 nil don't change the indentation
11331 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11332 value of either
11333 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11334 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11335 depending on the continuation format in use.
11336 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11337 indentation for a line of code.
11338 (default 'fixed)
11339 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11340 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11341 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11342 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11343 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11344 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11345 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11346 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11347 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11348 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11349 column 5.
11350 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11351 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11352 statements (default nil).
11353 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11354 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11355 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11356 `fortran-continuation-string'
11357 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11358 line (default \"$\").
11359 `fortran-comment-region'
11360 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11361 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11362 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11363 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11364 as typed (default t).
11365 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11366 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11367
11368 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11369 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11370
11371 \(fn)" t nil)
11372
11373 ;;;***
11374 \f
11375 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11376 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17383 32182))
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11378
11379 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11380 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11381
11382 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11383 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11384
11385 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11386
11387 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11388 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11389
11390 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11391 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11392
11393 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11394
11395 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11396 Compile fortune file.
11397
11398 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11399 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11400
11401 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11402
11403 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11404 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11405
11406 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11407 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11408 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11409 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11410
11411 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11412
11413 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11414 Display a fortune cookie.
11415
11416 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11417 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11418 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11419 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11420
11421 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11422
11423 ;;;***
11424 \f
11425 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11426 ;;;;;; (17578 34779))
11427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11428
11429 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11430 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11431 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11432 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11433
11434 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11435 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11436 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11437 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11438
11439 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11440 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11441 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11442 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11443 some of the buffers.
11444
11445 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11446
11447 The following commands help control operation :
11448
11449 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11450 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11451
11452 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11453 detailed description of this mode.
11454
11455
11456 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11457 | GDB Toolbar |
11458 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11459 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11460 | | |
11461 | | |
11462 | | |
11463 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11464 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11465 | | (comint-mode) |
11466 | | |
11467 | | |
11468 | | |
11469 | | |
11470 | | |
11471 | | |
11472 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11473 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11474 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11475 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11476 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11477 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11478
11479 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11480
11481 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11482 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11483
11484 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui")
11485
11486 ;;;***
11487 \f
11488 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11489 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17383
11490 ;;;;;; 32139))
11491 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11492
11493 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11494 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11495 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11496 instead (which see).")
11497
11498 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11499 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11500
11501 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11502 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11503 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11504 documentation string instead.
11505
11506 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11507 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11508 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11509 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11510 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11511 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11512 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11513 enders are actually possible.
11514
11515 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11516 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11517
11518 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11519 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11520 `font-lock-keywords'.
11521
11522 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11523 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11524 runs the macro expansion.
11525
11526 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11527 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11528 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11529
11530 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11531
11532 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11533
11534 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11535 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11536
11537 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11538
11539 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11540 Enter generic mode MODE.
11541
11542 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11543 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11544 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11545
11546 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11547 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11548
11549 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11550
11551 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11552 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11553 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11554 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11555 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11556 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11557 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11558 `font-lock-keywords'.
11559
11560 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11561
11562 ;;;***
11563 \f
11564 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11565 ;;;;;; (17420 36091))
11566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11567
11568 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11569 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11570 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11571 at places they belong to.
11572
11573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11574
11575 ;;;***
11576 \f
11577 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11578 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17521 64537))
11579 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11580
11581 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11582 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11583
11584 Guideline for numbers:
11585 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11586 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11587 inside loops.
11588
11589 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11590
11591 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11592 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11593 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11594
11595 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11596
11597 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11598 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11599
11600 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11601
11602 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11603 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11604
11605 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11606 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11607 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11608 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11609 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11610 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11611
11612 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11613 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11614 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11615 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11616 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11617
11618 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11619
11620 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11621
11622 ;;;***
11623 \f
11624 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11625 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17432 37362))
11626 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11627
11628 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11629 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11630
11631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11632
11633 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11634 Read network news.
11635 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11636 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11637 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11638 name of an NNTP server to use.
11639 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11640 server.
11641
11642 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11643
11644 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11645 Read news as a slave.
11646
11647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11648
11649 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11650 Pop up a frame to read news.
11651 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11652 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11653 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11654 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11655 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11656 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11657 current display is used.
11658
11659 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11660
11661 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11662 Read network news.
11663 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11664 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11665 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11666
11667 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11668
11669 ;;;***
11670 \f
11671 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11672 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11673 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11674 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11675 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11676 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17578 34776))
11677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11678
11679 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11680 Start Gnus unplugged.
11681
11682 \(fn)" t nil)
11683
11684 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11685 Start Gnus plugged.
11686
11687 \(fn)" t nil)
11688
11689 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11690 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11691
11692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11693
11694 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11695 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11696
11697 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11698 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11699 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11700
11701 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11702 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11703 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11704
11705 \(fn)" t nil)
11706
11707 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11708 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11709
11710 \(fn)" nil nil)
11711
11712 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11713 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11714 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11715 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11716 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11717 supported.
11718
11719 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11720
11721 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11722 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11723 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11724 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11725 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11726 supported.
11727
11728 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11729
11730 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11731 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11732
11733 \(fn)" nil nil)
11734
11735 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11736 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11737 downloaded into the agent.
11738
11739 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11740
11741 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11742 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11743 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11744 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11745
11746 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11747
11748 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11749 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11750
11751 \(fn)" t nil)
11752
11753 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11754 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11755
11756 \(fn)" t nil)
11757
11758 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11759 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11760 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11761
11762 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11763
11764 ;;;***
11765 \f
11766 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11767 ;;;;;; (17578 34776))
11768 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11769
11770 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11771 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11772
11773 \(fn)" nil nil)
11774
11775 ;;;***
11776 \f
11777 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11778 ;;;;;; (17383 32155))
11779 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11780
11781 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11782 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11783
11784 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11785
11786 ;;;***
11787 \f
11788 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11789 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11790 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17383
11791 ;;;;;; 32155))
11792 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11793
11794 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11795 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11796
11797 Usage:
11798 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11799
11800 \(fn)" t nil)
11801
11802 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11803 Generate the cache active file.
11804
11805 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11806
11807 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11808 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11809
11810 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11811
11812 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11813 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11814 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11815 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11816 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11817 supported.
11818
11819 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11820
11821 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11822 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11823 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11824 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11825 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11826 supported.
11827
11828 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11829
11830 ;;;***
11831 \f
11832 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11833 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17383 32155))
11834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11835
11836 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11837 Delay this article by some time.
11838 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11839
11840 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11841 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11842
11843 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11844 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11845
11846 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11847 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11848
11849 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11850
11851 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11852 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11853
11854 \(fn)" t nil)
11855
11856 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11857 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11858 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11859 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11860
11861 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11862 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11863
11864 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11865
11866 ;;;***
11867 \f
11868 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11869 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17578 34776))
11870 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11871
11872 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
11873 Not documented
11874
11875 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11876
11877 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
11878 Not documented
11879
11880 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11881
11882 ;;;***
11883 \f
11884 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11885 ;;;;;; (17383 32155))
11886 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11887
11888 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11889 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11890
11891 \(fn)" nil nil)
11892
11893 ;;;***
11894 \f
11895 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11896 ;;;;;; (17420 36082))
11897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11898
11899 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11900 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11901
11902 \(fn)" t nil)
11903
11904 ;;;***
11905 \f
11906 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11907 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11908 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17466
11909 ;;;;;; 42710))
11910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11911
11912 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11913 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11914
11915 \(fn)" t nil)
11916
11917 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11918 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11919
11920 \(fn)" t nil)
11921
11922 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11923 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11924
11925 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11926
11927 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11928 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11929
11930 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11931
11932 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11933 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11934 The PNG is returned as a string.
11935
11936 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11937
11938 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11939 Convert FILE to a Face.
11940 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11941 726 bytes.
11942
11943 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11944
11945 ;;;***
11946 \f
11947 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11948 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17578 34776))
11949 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11950
11951 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
11952 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11953 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11954
11955 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11956
11957 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
11958 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11959
11960 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11961
11962 ;;;***
11963 \f
11964 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11965 ;;;;;; (17383 32156))
11966 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11967
11968 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
11969
11970 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
11971 Run batched scoring.
11972 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11973
11974 \(fn)" t nil)
11975
11976 ;;;***
11977 \f
11978 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11979 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11980 ;;;;;; (17578 34776))
11981 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11982
11983 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11984 Not documented
11985
11986 \(fn)" nil nil)
11987
11988 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
11989 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11990 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11991
11992 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11993
11994 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11995 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11996
11997 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11998
11999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12000
12001 ;;;***
12002 \f
12003 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12004 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12005 ;;;;;; (17383 32157))
12006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12007
12008 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12009 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12010 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12011 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12012 group parameters.
12013
12014 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12015 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12016 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12017 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12018
12019 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12020 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12021 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12022 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12023 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12024 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12025 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12026 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12027 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12028 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12029
12030 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12031
12032 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12033 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12034 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12035 nil CATCH-ALL).
12036
12037 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12038 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12039
12040 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12041
12042 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12043 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12044 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12045
12046 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12047
12048 \(fn)" nil nil)
12049
12050 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12051 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12052 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12053
12054 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12055
12056 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12057 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12058 existing groups are considered.
12059
12060 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12061 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12062 returned.
12063
12064 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12065 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12066 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12067 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12068 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12069 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12070 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12071 clauses will be generated.
12072
12073 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12074 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12075 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12076 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12077 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12078 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12079
12080 For example, given the following group parameters:
12081
12082 nnml:mail.bar:
12083 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12084 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12085 nnml:mail.foo:
12086 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12087 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12088 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12089 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12090 nnml:mail.others:
12091 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12092
12093 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12094
12095 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12096 \"mail.bar\")
12097 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12098 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12099 \"mail.others\")
12100
12101 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12102
12103 ;;;***
12104 \f
12105 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12106 ;;;;;; (17383 32157))
12107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12108
12109 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12110 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12111 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12112
12113 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12114
12115 ;;;***
12116 \f
12117 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12118 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17383 32157))
12119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12120
12121 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12122 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12123 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12124 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12125
12126 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12127
12128 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12129 Mail to ADDRESS.
12130
12131 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12132
12133 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12134 Like `message-reply'.
12135
12136 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12137
12138 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12139
12140 ;;;***
12141 \f
12142 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12143 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17432 37361))
12144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12145
12146 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12147 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12148
12149 \(fn)" t nil)
12150
12151 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12152 Load the NoCeM cache.
12153
12154 \(fn)" t nil)
12155
12156 ;;;***
12157 \f
12158 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12159 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12160 ;;;;;; (17383 32157))
12161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12162
12163 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12164 Display picons in the From header.
12165 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12166
12167 \(fn)" t nil)
12168
12169 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12170 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12171 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12172
12173 \(fn)" t nil)
12174
12175 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12176 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12177 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12178
12179 \(fn)" t nil)
12180
12181 ;;;***
12182 \f
12183 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12184 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12185 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12186 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12187 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17383 32157))
12188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12189
12190 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12191 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12192 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12193 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12194
12195 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12196
12197 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12198 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12199 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12200 LIST1 is modified.
12201
12202 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12203
12204 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12205 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12206 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12207
12208 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12209
12210 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12211 Not documented
12212
12213 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12214
12215 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12216 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12217 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12218
12219 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12220
12221 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12222 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12223 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12224
12225 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12226
12227 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12228
12229 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12230 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12231 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12232
12233 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12234
12235 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12236 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12237 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12238
12239 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12240
12241 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12242 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12243 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12244
12245 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12246
12247 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12248 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12249
12250 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12251
12252 ;;;***
12253 \f
12254 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12255 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17383 32157))
12256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12257
12258 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12259 Not documented
12260
12261 \(fn)" t nil)
12262
12263 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12264 Install the registry hooks.
12265
12266 \(fn)" t nil)
12267
12268 ;;;***
12269 \f
12270 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12271 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17484
12272 ;;;;;; 52430))
12273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12274
12275 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12276 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12277 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12278 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12279 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12280 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12281
12282 \(fn)" t nil)
12283
12284 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12285 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12286 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12287 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12288 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12289
12290 \(fn)" t nil)
12291
12292 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12293 Not documented
12294
12295 \(fn)" t nil)
12296
12297 ;;;***
12298 \f
12299 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12300 ;;;;;; (17383 32158))
12301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12302
12303 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12304 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12305 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12306 for matching on group names.
12307
12308 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12309 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12310
12311 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12312
12313 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12314
12315 \(fn)" t nil)
12316
12317 ;;;***
12318 \f
12319 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12320 ;;;;;; (17383 32158))
12321 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12322
12323 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12324 Update the format specification near point.
12325
12326 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12327
12328 ;;;***
12329 \f
12330 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12331 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17432
12332 ;;;;;; 37361))
12333 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12334
12335 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12336 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12337
12338 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12339
12340 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12341 Not documented
12342
12343 \(fn)" nil nil)
12344
12345 ;;;***
12346 \f
12347 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12348 ;;;;;; (17383 32159))
12349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12350
12351 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12352 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12353
12354 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12355
12356 ;;;***
12357 \f
12358 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17383 32182))
12359 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12360
12361 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12362 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12363
12364 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12365 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12366 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12367
12368 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12369 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12370 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12371
12372 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12373 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12374
12375 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12376 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12377
12378 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12379
12380 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12381
12382 ;;;***
12383 \f
12384 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12385 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17582 28846))
12386 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12387
12388 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12389
12390 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12391 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12392 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12393 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12394 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12395
12396 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12397
12398 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12399 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12400 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12401 or to send e-mail.
12402 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12403 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12404
12405 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12406 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12407
12408 \(fn)" t nil)
12409 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12410
12411 ;;;***
12412 \f
12413 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12414 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12415 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17590 36100))
12416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12417
12418 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12419 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12420
12421 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
12422
12423 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12424 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12425 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12426 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12427 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12428
12429 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12430 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12431
12432 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
12433
12434 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12435 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12436 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12437 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12438
12439 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
12440
12441 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12442 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12443
12444 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
12445
12446 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12447 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12448
12449 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12450 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12451 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12452
12453 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12454 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12455 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12456
12457 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12458 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12459
12460 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12461 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12462
12463 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12464
12465 (defvar grep-history nil)
12466
12467 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12468
12469 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12470 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12471 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12472
12473 \(fn)" nil nil)
12474
12475 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12476 Not documented
12477
12478 \(fn)" nil nil)
12479
12480 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12481 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12482
12483 \(fn)" nil nil)
12484
12485 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12486 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12487 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12488 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12489 where grep found matches.
12490
12491 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12492 easily repeat a grep command.
12493
12494 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12495 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12496 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12497 if that history list is empty).
12498
12499 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12500
12501 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12502 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12503 Collect output in a buffer.
12504 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12505 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12506
12507 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12508 easily repeat a find command.
12509
12510 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12511
12512 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12513
12514 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12515 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12516 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12517 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12518 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12519
12520 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12521 before it is executed.
12522 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12523
12524 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12525 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12526 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12527
12528 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12529
12530 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12531
12532 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12533 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12534 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12535 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12536 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12537
12538 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12539 before it is executed.
12540 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12541
12542 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12543 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12544 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12545
12546 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12547
12548 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12549
12550 ;;;***
12551 \f
12552 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17383 32104))
12553 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12554
12555 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12556 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12557 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12558 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12559 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12560
12561 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12562
12563 ;;;***
12564 \f
12565 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12566 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17578 34779))
12567 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12568
12569 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12570 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12571 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12572 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12573 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12574 `gdba' for more information.
12575
12576 To run GDB in text command mode, set `gud-gdb-command-name' to
12577 \"gdb --fullname\" and include the pathname, if necessary.
12578
12579 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12580
12581 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12582 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12583 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12584 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12585
12586 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12587
12588 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12589 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12590 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12591 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12592
12593 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12594
12595 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12596 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12597 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12598 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12599
12600 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12601 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12602
12603 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12604
12605 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12606 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12607 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12608 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12609
12610 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12611
12612 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12613 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12614 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12615 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12616
12617 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12618
12619 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12620 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12621 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12622 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12623 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12624
12625 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12626 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12627 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12628 original source file access method.
12629
12630 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12631 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12632
12633 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12634
12635 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12636 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12637 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12638 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12639
12640 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12641 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12642
12643 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12644
12645 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12646 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12647
12648 \(fn)" t nil)
12649
12650 ;;;***
12651 \f
12652 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17383
12653 ;;;;;; 32182))
12654 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12655
12656 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12657 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12658 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12659 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12660
12661 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12662 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12663 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12664 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12665
12666 \(fn)" t nil)
12667
12668 ;;;***
12669 \f
12670 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12671 ;;;;;; (17590 36100))
12672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12673
12674 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12675 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12676
12677 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12678
12679 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12680 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12681 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12682 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12683
12684 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12685
12686 \(fn)" t nil)
12687
12688 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12689 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12690 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12691 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12692 to be updated.
12693
12694 \(fn)" t nil)
12695
12696 ;;;***
12697 \f
12698 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12699 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12700 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12701 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17383 32104))
12702 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12703
12704 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12705 Return the help-echo string at point.
12706 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12707 property, or nil, is returned.
12708 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12709 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12710 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12711
12712 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12713
12714 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12715 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12716 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12717 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12718 this produces no string either, return nil.
12719
12720 \(fn)" nil nil)
12721
12722 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12723 Display local help in the echo area.
12724 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12725 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12726 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12727 printed instead.
12728
12729 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12730 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12731 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12732
12733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12734
12735 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12736 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12737 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12738
12739 \(fn)" t nil)
12740
12741 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12742 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12743 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12744
12745 \(fn)" t nil)
12746
12747 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12748 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12749 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12750 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12751 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12752 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12753 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12754 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12755 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12756 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12757 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12758
12759 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12760 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12761 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12762 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12763 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12764
12765 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12766 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12767 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12768 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12769 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12770 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12771 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12772 The default is `never'.")
12773
12774 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
12775
12776 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12777 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12778 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12779 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12780 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12781 considered different regions.
12782
12783 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12784 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12785 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12786 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12787 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12788 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12789 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12790 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12791 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12792
12793 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12794
12795 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12796 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12797 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12798 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12799 different regions.
12800
12801 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12802 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12803 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12804 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12805 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12806 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12807 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12808 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12809
12810 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12811 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12812 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12813 rarely happens in practice.
12814
12815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12816
12817 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12818 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12819 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12820 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12821 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12822 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12823
12824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12825
12826 ;;;***
12827 \f
12828 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12829 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12830 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function help-with-tutorial) "help-fns"
12831 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" (17590 36098))
12832 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12833
12834 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12835 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12836 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12837 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12838 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12839 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12840
12841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12842
12843 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12844 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12845
12846 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12847
12848 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12849 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12850 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12851
12852 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12853
12854 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12855 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12856
12857 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12858
12859 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12860 Not documented
12861
12862 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12863
12864 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12865 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12866 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12867 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12868
12869 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12870
12871 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12872 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12873 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12874 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
12875 it is displayed along with the global value.
12876
12877 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12878
12879 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12880 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12881 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12882 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12883
12884 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12885
12886 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12887 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12888 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12889 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12890 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12891
12892 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12893
12894 ;;;***
12895 \f
12896 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12897 ;;;;;; (17383 32105))
12898 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12899
12900 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12901 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12902 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12903 and window listing and describing the options.
12904 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12905 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12906
12907 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12908
12909 ;;;***
12910 \f
12911 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12912 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12913 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17590 36098))
12914 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12915
12916 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12917 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12918 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12919 Commands:
12920 \\{help-mode-map}
12921
12922 \(fn)" t nil)
12923
12924 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12925 Not documented
12926
12927 \(fn)" nil nil)
12928
12929 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12930 Not documented
12931
12932 \(fn)" nil nil)
12933
12934 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12935 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12936
12937 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12938 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12939 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12940 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12941
12942 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12943 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12944 restore it properly when going back.
12945
12946 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12947
12948 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
12949 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12950
12951 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12952 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12953 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12954 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12955 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12956 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12957 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12958 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12959
12960 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12961 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12962 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12963 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12964
12965 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12966 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12967 that.
12968
12969 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12970
12971 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12972 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12973 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12974 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12975 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12976 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12977
12978 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12979
12980 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12981 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12982 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12983 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12984 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12985
12986 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12987
12988 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
12989 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12990
12991 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12992
12993 ;;;***
12994 \f
12995 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12996 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17590 36099))
12997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12998
12999 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13000 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13001
13002 \(fn)" t nil)
13003
13004 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13005 Provide help for current mode.
13006
13007 \(fn)" t nil)
13008
13009 ;;;***
13010 \f
13011 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13012 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17585 4275))
13013 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13014
13015 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13016 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13017 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13018 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13019 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13020
13021 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13022 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13023
13024 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13025 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13026 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13027 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13028
13029 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13030 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13031 periods.
13032
13033 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13034 in hexl format.
13035
13036 A sample format:
13037
13038 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13039 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13040 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13041 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13042 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13043 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13044 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13045 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13046 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13047 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13048 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13049 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13050 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13051 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13052 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13053
13054 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
13055 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13056 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13057
13058 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13059 also supported.
13060
13061 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13062
13063 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13064 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13065 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13066
13067 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13068 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13069 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13070
13071 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13072 into the buffer at the current point.
13073
13074 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13075 into the buffer at the current point.
13076
13077 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13078 into the buffer at the current point.
13079
13080 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13081
13082 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13083 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13084
13085 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13086
13087 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13088
13089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13090
13091 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13092 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13093 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13094 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13095
13096 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13097
13098 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13099 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13100 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13101
13102 \(fn)" t nil)
13103
13104 ;;;***
13105 \f
13106 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13107 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13108 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13109 ;;;;;; (17383 32105))
13110 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13111
13112 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13113 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13114
13115 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13116 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13117 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13118 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13119 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13120 called interactively, are:
13121
13122 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13123 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13124
13125 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13126 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13127 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13128 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13129
13130 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13131 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13132
13133 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13134 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13135
13136 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13137 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13138 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13139 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13140 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13141 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13142
13143 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13144 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13145
13146 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13147 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13148 Hi-lock: FOO
13149 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13150 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13151 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13152 Patterns will be read until
13153 Hi-lock: end
13154 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13155
13156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13157
13158 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13159 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13160 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13161 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13162 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13163
13164 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
13165
13166 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13167 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13168 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13169 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13170 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13171
13172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13173
13174 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13175
13176 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13177 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13178
13179 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13180 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13181 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13182 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13183
13184 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13185
13186 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13187
13188 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13189 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13190
13191 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13192 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13193 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13194 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13195
13196 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13197
13198 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13199
13200 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13201 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13202
13203 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13204 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13205
13206 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13207
13208 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13209
13210 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13211 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13212
13213 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13214 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13215 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13216 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13217 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13218
13219 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13220
13221 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13222 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13223
13224 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13225 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13226 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13227
13228 \(fn)" t nil)
13229
13230 ;;;***
13231 \f
13232 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13233 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17521 64539))
13234 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13235
13236 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13237 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13238 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13239 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13240 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13241 how the hiding is done:
13242
13243 `hide-ifdef-env'
13244 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13245 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13246 is used.
13247
13248 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13249 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13250 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13251 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13252 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13253
13254 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13255 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13256 #endif lines when hiding.
13257
13258 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13259 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13260 is activated.
13261
13262 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13263 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13264 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13265
13266 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13267
13268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13269
13270 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13271 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13272
13273 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13274
13275 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13276 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13277
13278 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13279
13280 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13281 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13282
13283 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13284
13285 ;;;***
13286 \f
13287 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13288 ;;;;;; (17397 61568))
13289 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13290
13291 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13292 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13293 Each element has the form
13294 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13295
13296 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13297 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13298
13299 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13300 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13301
13302 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13303 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13304 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13305 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13306 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13307 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13308
13309 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13310 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13311
13312 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13313 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13314
13315 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13316 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13317 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13318
13319 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13320 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13321 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13322 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13323 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13324 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13325
13326 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13327 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13328 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13329
13330 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13331 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13332
13333 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13334
13335 Key bindings:
13336 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13337
13338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13339
13340 ;;;***
13341 \f
13342 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13343 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13344 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13345 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13346 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17397 61541))
13347 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13348
13349 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13350 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13351 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13352
13353 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13354
13355 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13356 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13357
13358 Without an argument:
13359 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13360 or passive state as determined by the variable
13361 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13362 and passive state.
13363
13364 With an argument ARG:
13365 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13366 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13367 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13368
13369 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13370 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13371 not displayed in a different face.
13372
13373 Functions:
13374 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13375 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13376 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13377 buffer with the contents of a file
13378 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13379 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13380 various faces
13381
13382 Hook variables:
13383 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13384 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13385 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13386
13387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13388
13389 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13390 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13391
13392 \(fn)" t nil)
13393
13394 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13395 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13396
13397 \(fn)" t nil)
13398
13399 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13400 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13401
13402 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13403 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13404 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13405 shown in the last face in the list.
13406
13407 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13408 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13409 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13410
13411 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13412
13413 \(fn)" t nil)
13414
13415 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13416 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13417
13418 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13419
13420 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13421 to save the file.
13422
13423 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13424 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13425
13426 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13427 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13428 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13429
13430 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13431
13432 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13433 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13434
13435 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13436 this function is called interactively.
13437
13438 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13439 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13440 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13441
13442 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13443 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13444 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13445
13446 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13447
13448 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13449 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13450
13451 When called interactively:
13452 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13453 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13454 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13455 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13456
13457 When called from a program:
13458 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13459 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13460 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13461 - otherwise just turn it on
13462
13463 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13464 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13465 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13466 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13467
13468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13469
13470 ;;;***
13471 \f
13472 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13473 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13474 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13475 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13476 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17383 32106))
13477 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13478
13479 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13480 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13481 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13482 or insert functions in this list.")
13483
13484 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
13485
13486 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13487 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13488
13489 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
13490
13491 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13492 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13493
13494 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
13495
13496 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13497 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13498
13499 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
13500
13501 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13502 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13503
13504 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
13505
13506 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13507 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13508 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13509
13510 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13511
13512 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13513 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13514 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13515 \(as atoms)")
13516
13517 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13518
13519 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13520 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13521 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13522 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13523 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13524
13525 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13526
13527 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13528 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13529 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13530 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13531 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13532 expansions.
13533 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13534 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13535 undoes the expansion.
13536
13537 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13538
13539 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13540 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13541 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13542 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13543
13544 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13545
13546 ;;;***
13547 \f
13548 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13549 ;;;;;; (17365 2729))
13550 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13551
13552 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13553 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13554 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13555
13556 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13557 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13558 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13559 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13560 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13561
13562 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13563 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13564 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13565 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13566
13567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13568
13569 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13570 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13571 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13572 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13573 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13574
13575 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
13576
13577 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13578 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13579 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13580
13581 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13582 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13583
13584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13585
13586 ;;;***
13587 \f
13588 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13589 ;;;;;; (17432 37359))
13590 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13591
13592 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13593 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13594 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13595
13596 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13597
13598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13599
13600 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13601 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13602
13603 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13604 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13605 different list. For example,
13606
13607 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13608 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13609
13610 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13611 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13612
13613 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13614 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13615 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13616 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13617 of a holiday list.
13618
13619 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13620
13621 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13622
13623 ;;;***
13624 \f
13625 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13626 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17383 32179))
13627 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13628
13629 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13630 This function is obsolete.
13631 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13632 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13633
13634 \(fn)" nil nil)
13635
13636 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13637 This function is obsolete.
13638 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13639 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13640
13641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13642
13643 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13644 This function is obsolete.
13645 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13646 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13647
13648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13649
13650 ;;;***
13651 \f
13652 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17397
13653 ;;;;;; 61555))
13654 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13655
13656 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13657 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13658
13659 \(fn)" t nil)
13660
13661 ;;;***
13662 \f
13663 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13664 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13665 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13666 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13667 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13668 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13669 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13670 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13671 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13672 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13673 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13674 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13675 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13676 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13677 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13678 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13679 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13680 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13681 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13682 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13683 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13684 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13685 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17457 37498))
13686 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13687
13688 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13689 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13690 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13691
13692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13693
13694 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13695 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13696
13697 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13698
13699 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13700 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13701
13702 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13703
13704 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13705 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13706
13707 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13708
13709 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13710 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13711
13712 \(fn)" t nil)
13713
13714 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13715 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13716
13717 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13718
13719 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13720 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13721
13722 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13723 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13724 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13725 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13726 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13727 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13728 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13729 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13730 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13731 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13732 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13733 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13734
13735 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13736 Not documented
13737
13738 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13739
13740 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13741 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13742
13743 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13744
13745 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13746 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13747
13748 \(fn)" t nil)
13749
13750 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13751 Remove the first filter group.
13752
13753 \(fn)" t nil)
13754
13755 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13756 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13757
13758 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13759
13760 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13761 Remove all filter groups.
13762
13763 \(fn)" t nil)
13764
13765 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13766 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13767
13768 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13769
13770 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13771 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13772 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13773
13774 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13775
13776 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13777 Kill the filter group at point.
13778 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13779
13780 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13781
13782 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13783 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13784
13785 \(fn)" t nil)
13786
13787 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13788 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13789
13790 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13791
13792 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13793 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13794 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13795 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13796
13797 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13798
13799 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13800 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13801 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13802
13803 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13804
13805 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13806 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13807 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13808 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13809 of replacing the current filters.
13810
13811 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13812
13813 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13814 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13815
13816 \(fn)" t nil)
13817
13818 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13819 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13820
13821 \(fn)" t nil)
13822
13823 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13824 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13825
13826 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13827 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13828 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13829
13830 \(fn)" t nil)
13831
13832 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13833 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13834
13835 \(fn)" t nil)
13836
13837 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13838 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13839
13840 \(fn)" t nil)
13841
13842 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13843 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13844 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13845 filter into parts.
13846
13847 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13848
13849 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13850 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13851 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13852
13853 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13854
13855 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13856 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13857
13858 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13859
13860 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13861 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13862
13863 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13864
13865 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13866 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13867 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13868 of replacing the current filters.
13869
13870 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13871 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13872 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13873 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13874 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13875 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13876 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13877 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13878 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13879
13880 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13881 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13882 Default sorting modes are:
13883 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13884 Name - the name of the buffer
13885 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13886 Size - the size of the buffer
13887
13888 \(fn)" t nil)
13889
13890 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13891 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13892
13893 \(fn)" t nil)
13894 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13895 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13896 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13897 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13898
13899 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13900 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13901
13902 \(fn)" t nil)
13903
13904 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13905 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13906 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13907 for this Ibuffer session.
13908
13909 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13910
13911 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13912 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13913 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13914 for this Ibuffer session.
13915
13916 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13917
13918 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13919 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13920
13921 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13922 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13923
13924 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13925 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13926
13927 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13928
13929 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13930 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13931
13932 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13933 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13934
13935 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13936
13937 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13938 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13939
13940 \(fn)" t nil)
13941
13942 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
13943 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13944
13945 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
13946 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
13947 hidden group filter, open it.
13948
13949 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
13950 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
13951 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
13952
13953 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13954
13955 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
13956 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
13957 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
13958
13959 \(fn)" t nil)
13960
13961 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
13962 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
13963
13964 The names are separated by a space.
13965 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
13966
13967 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
13968 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
13969 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
13970 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
13971
13972 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
13973
13974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13975
13976 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13977 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
13978
13979 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13980
13981 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13982 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
13983
13984 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13985
13986 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13987 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
13988
13989 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13990
13991 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13992 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
13993
13994 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
13995
13996 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13997 Mark all modified buffers.
13998
13999 \(fn)" t nil)
14000
14001 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14002 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14003
14004 \(fn)" t nil)
14005
14006 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14007 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14008
14009 \(fn)" t nil)
14010
14011 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14012 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14013
14014 \(fn)" t nil)
14015
14016 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14017 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14018
14019 \(fn)" t nil)
14020
14021 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14022 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14023
14024 \(fn)" t nil)
14025
14026 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14027 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14028
14029 \(fn)" t nil)
14030
14031 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14032 Mark all read-only buffers.
14033
14034 \(fn)" t nil)
14035
14036 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14037 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14038
14039 \(fn)" t nil)
14040
14041 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14042 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14043 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14044 defaults to one.
14045
14046 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14047
14048 ;;;***
14049 \f
14050 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14051 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17457
14052 ;;;;;; 37498))
14053 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14054
14055 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14056 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14057
14058 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14059 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14060 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14061
14062 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14063 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14064 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14065 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14066 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14067 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14068
14069 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14070 title of the column.
14071
14072 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14073 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14074 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14075 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14076 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14077
14078 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14079
14080 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14081 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14082 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14083 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14084 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14085
14086 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14087 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14088 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14089
14090 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14091
14092 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14093 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14094 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14095 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14096 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14097 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14098
14099 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14100 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14101 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14102 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14103 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14104 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14105 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14106 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14107 values are:
14108 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14109 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14110 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14111 buffer's modification flag.
14112 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14113 prompted before performing this operation.
14114 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14115 operation is complete, in the form:
14116 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14117 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14118 confirmation message, in the form:
14119 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14120 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14121 macro for exactly what it does.
14122
14123 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14124
14125 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14126 Define a filter named NAME.
14127 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14128 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14129 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14130
14131 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14132 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14133 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14134 bound to the current value of the filter.
14135
14136 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14137
14138 ;;;***
14139 \f
14140 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14141 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17578 34772))
14142 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14143
14144 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14145 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14146 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14147 buffers which are visiting a file.
14148
14149 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14150
14151 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14152 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14153 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14154 buffers which are visiting a file.
14155
14156 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14157
14158 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14159 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14160 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14161
14162 All arguments are optional.
14163 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14164 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14165 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14166 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14167 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14168 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14169 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14170 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14171 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14172 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14173 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14174 that value locally in this buffer.
14175
14176 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14177
14178 ;;;***
14179 \f
14180 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14181 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14182 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17397 61548))
14183 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14184
14185 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14186 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14187 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14188 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14189
14190 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14191
14192 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14193 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14194 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14195 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14196 ICAL-FILENAME.
14197 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14198 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14199 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14200
14201 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14202
14203 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14204 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14205 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14206 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14207 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14208 non-marking or not.
14209
14210 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14211
14212 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14213 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14214
14215 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14216 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14217 DIARY-FILE.
14218
14219 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14220 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14221 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14222
14223 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14224 non-marking.
14225
14226 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14227 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14228 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14229
14230 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14231
14232 ;;;***
14233 \f
14234 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17401
14235 ;;;;;; 56228))
14236 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14237
14238 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14239 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14240 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14241 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14242 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14243
14244 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
14245
14246 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14247 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14248 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14249
14250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14251
14252 ;;;***
14253 \f
14254 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17397 61568))
14255 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14256
14257 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14258 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14259 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14260 Tab indents for Icon code.
14261 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14262 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14263 \\{icon-mode-map}
14264 Variables controlling indentation style:
14265 icon-tab-always-indent
14266 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14267 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14268 icon-auto-newline
14269 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14270 inserted in Icon code.
14271 icon-indent-level
14272 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14273 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14274 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14275 icon-continued-statement-offset
14276 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14277 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14278 icon-continued-brace-offset
14279 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14280 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14281 icon-brace-offset
14282 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14283 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14284 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14285 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14286
14287 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14288 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14289
14290 \(fn)" t nil)
14291
14292 ;;;***
14293 \f
14294 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14295 ;;;;;; (17515 39529))
14296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14297
14298 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14299 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14300 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14301 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14302
14303 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14304 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14305 separate frames.
14306
14307 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14308 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14309
14310 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14311 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14312 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14313
14314 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14315
14316 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14317
14318 ;;;***
14319 \f
14320 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14321 ;;;;;; (17515 39529))
14322 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14323
14324 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14325 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.0_em22).
14326
14327 The main features of this mode are
14328
14329 1. Indentation and Formatting
14330 --------------------------
14331 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14332 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14333
14334 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14335 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14336 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14337 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14338
14339 Comments are indented as follows:
14340
14341 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14342 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14343 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14344
14345 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14346
14347 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14348 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14349 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14350 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14351 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14352 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14353
14354 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14355 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14356 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14357 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14358
14359 2. Routine Info
14360 ------------
14361 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14362 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14363 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14364 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14365 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14366 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14367 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14368 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14369 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14370 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14371
14372 3. Online IDL Help
14373 ---------------
14374
14375 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14376 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14377 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14378 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14379
14380 4. Completion
14381 ----------
14382 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14383 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14384 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14385 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14386 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14387 upper case.
14388
14389 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14390 --------------------------------
14391 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14392 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14393
14394 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14395 \\fu FUNCTION template
14396 \\c CASE statement template
14397 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14398 \\f FOR loop template
14399 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14400 \\w WHILE loop template
14401 \\i IF statement template
14402 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14403 \\b BEGIN
14404
14405 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14406 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14407
14408 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14409 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14410 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14411 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14412
14413 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14414 -------------------------
14415 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14416 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14417
14418 7. Automatic END completion
14419 ------------------------
14420 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14421 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14422
14423 8. Hooks
14424 -----
14425 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14426 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14427
14428 9. Documentation and Customization
14429 -------------------------------
14430 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14431 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14432 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14433 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14434 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14435
14436 10.Keybindings
14437 -----------
14438 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14439 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14440 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14441
14442 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14443
14444 \(fn)" t nil)
14445 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14446
14447 ;;;***
14448 \f
14449 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14450 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14451 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14452 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14453 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14454 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14455 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14456 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17590
14457 ;;;;;; 36098))
14458 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14459
14460 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14461 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14462 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14463 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14464 displaying...)
14465 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14466 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14467 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14468
14469 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14470 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14471
14472 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
14473
14474 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14475 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14476 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14477 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14478 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14479 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14480 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14481 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14482 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14483
14484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14485
14486 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14487 Switch to another buffer.
14488 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14489 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14490 in another frame.
14491
14492 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14493 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14494 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14495 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14496 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14497
14498 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14499 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14500
14501 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14502 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14503
14504 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14505 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14506 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14507 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14508 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14509 in a separate window.
14510 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14511 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14512 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14513 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14514 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14515 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14516 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14517 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14518 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14519
14520 \(fn)" t nil)
14521
14522 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14523 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14524 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14525 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14526
14527 \(fn)" t nil)
14528
14529 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14530 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14531 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14532 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14533
14534 \(fn)" t nil)
14535
14536 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14537 Kill a buffer.
14538 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14539 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14540
14541 \(fn)" t nil)
14542
14543 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14544 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14545 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14546 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14547
14548 \(fn)" t nil)
14549
14550 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14551 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14552 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14553 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14554
14555 \(fn)" t nil)
14556
14557 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14558 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14559
14560 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14561
14562 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14563 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14564 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14565 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14566 visible in another frame.
14567
14568 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14569 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14570 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14571 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14572 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14573 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14574
14575 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14576 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14577
14578 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14579 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14580
14581 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14582 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14583 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14584 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14585 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14586 in a separate window.
14587 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14588 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14589 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14590 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14591 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14592 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14593 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14594 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14595 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14596 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14597 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14598 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14599 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14600 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14601 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14602
14603 \(fn)" t nil)
14604
14605 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14606 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14607 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14608 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14609
14610 \(fn)" t nil)
14611
14612 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14613 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14614 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14615 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14616
14617 \(fn)" t nil)
14618
14619 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14620 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14621 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14622 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14623
14624 \(fn)" t nil)
14625
14626 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14627 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14628 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14629 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14630
14631 \(fn)" t nil)
14632
14633 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14634 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14635 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14636 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14637
14638 \(fn)" t nil)
14639
14640 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14641 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14642 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14643 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14644
14645 \(fn)" t nil)
14646
14647 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14648 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14649 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14650 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14651
14652 \(fn)" t nil)
14653
14654 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14655 Write current buffer to a file.
14656 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14657 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14658
14659 \(fn)" t nil)
14660
14661 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14662 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14663 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14664 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14665
14666 \(fn)" t nil)
14667
14668 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14669 Call dired the ido way.
14670 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14671 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14672
14673 \(fn)" t nil)
14674
14675 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14676 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14677 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14678 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14679 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14680 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14681
14682 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14683
14684 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14685 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14686 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14687 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14688
14689 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14690
14691 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14692 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14693 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14694 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14695
14696 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14697
14698 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14699 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14700 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14701 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14702 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14703 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14704 with `completing-read'.
14705 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14706 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14707 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14708 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14709 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14710 with point positioned at the end.
14711 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14712 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14713
14714 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14715
14716 ;;;***
14717 \f
14718 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17383 32107))
14719 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14720 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14721
14722 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14723 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14724 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14725
14726 \(fn)" t nil)
14727
14728 ;;;***
14729 \f
14730 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14731 ;;;;;; (17383 32107))
14732 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14733
14734 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14735 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14736
14737 \(fn)" t nil)
14738
14739 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14740 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14741
14742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14743
14744 ;;;***
14745 \f
14746 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14747 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14748 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14749 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14750 ;;;;;; (17484 52424))
14751 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14752
14753 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14754 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14755 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14756 be determined.
14757
14758 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14759
14760 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14761 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14762 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14763 be determined.
14764
14765 \(fn)" nil nil)
14766
14767 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14768 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14769 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14770 be determined.
14771
14772 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14773
14774 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14775 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14776 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14777 be determined.
14778
14779 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14780
14781 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14782 Determine and return image type.
14783 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14784 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14785 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14786 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14787 use its file extension as image type.
14788 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14789
14790 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14791
14792 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14793 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14794 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14795
14796 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14797
14798 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14799 Create an image.
14800 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14801 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14802 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14803 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14804 use its file extension as image type.
14805 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14806 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14807 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14808 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14809
14810 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14811
14812 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14813
14814 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14815 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14816 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14817 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14818 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14819 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14820 POS may be an integer or marker.
14821 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14822 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14823 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14824 means display it in the right marginal area.
14825
14826 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14827
14828 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14829 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14830 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14831 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14832 defaulted if you omit it.
14833 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14834 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14835 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14836 means display it in the right marginal area.
14837 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14838 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14839 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14840 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14841 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14842
14843 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14844
14845 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14846 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14847 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14848 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14849 defaulted if you omit it.
14850 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14851 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14852 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14853 means display it in the right marginal area.
14854 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14855
14856 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14857
14858 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14859 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14860 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14861 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14862
14863 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14864
14865 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14866 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14867
14868 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14869
14870 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14871 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14872 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14873 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14874 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14875 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14876 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14877 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14878 satisfied.
14879
14880 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14881
14882 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14883
14884 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14885
14886 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14887 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14888
14889 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14890 documentation string.
14891
14892 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14893 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14894 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14895 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14896 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14897 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14898 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14899 define SYMBOL.
14900
14901 Example:
14902
14903 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14904 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14905
14906 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14907
14908 ;;;***
14909 \f
14910 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14911 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14912 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17383 32107))
14913 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14914
14915 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14916 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14917 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14918 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14919
14920 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14921 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14922 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14923 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14924
14925 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14926
14927 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14928 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14929 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14930 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14931
14932 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14933 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14934 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14935 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14936
14937 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14938
14939 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14940 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14941
14942 \(fn)" nil nil)
14943
14944 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
14945 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14946 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14947 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14948
14949 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14950
14951 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14952 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14953 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14954 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14955 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14956
14957 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
14958
14959 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
14960 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14961 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14962 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14963
14964 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14965 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14966 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14967
14968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14969
14970 ;;;***
14971 \f
14972 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
14973 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17578 34772))
14974 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14975 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14976 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14977 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14978 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14979 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14980 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14981
14982 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
14983 Major mode for image files.
14984 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14985 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14986
14987 \(fn)" t nil)
14988
14989 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
14990 Toggle Image minor mode.
14991 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14992 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14993
14994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14995
14996 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
14997 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14998 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14999 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15000 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15001 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15002
15003 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15004 information on these modes.
15005
15006 \(fn)" t nil)
15007
15008 ;;;***
15009 \f
15010 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15011 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17585 4275))
15012 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15013
15014 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15015 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15016
15017 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15018
15019 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15020 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15021 in the buffer.
15022
15023 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15024
15025 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15026 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15027 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15028
15029 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
15030
15031 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15032 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15033
15034 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15035 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15036 pattern's structure.
15037
15038 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15039 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15040 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15041 during matching.")
15042
15043 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15044
15045 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15046 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15047
15048 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15049 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15050 called within a `save-excursion'.
15051
15052 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15053
15054 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15055
15056 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15057 Function for finding the next index position.
15058
15059 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15060 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15061 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15062 file.
15063
15064 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15065 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15066
15067 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15068
15069 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15070 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15071
15072 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15073 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15074 It should return the name for that index item.")
15075
15076 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15077
15078 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15079 Function to compare string with index item.
15080
15081 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15082 non-nil if they match.
15083
15084 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15085 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15086 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15087 arguments match\".")
15088
15089 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15090
15091 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15092 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15093 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15094
15095 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15096
15097 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15098
15099 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15100
15101 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15102 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15103 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15104 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15105
15106 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15107
15108 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15109 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15110
15111 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15112
15113 \(fn)" t nil)
15114
15115 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15116 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15117 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15118 for more information.
15119
15120 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15121
15122 ;;;***
15123 \f
15124 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15125 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15126 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17346 38886))
15127 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15128
15129 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15130 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15131
15132 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15133
15134 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15135 Not documented
15136
15137 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15138
15139 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15140 Not documented
15141
15142 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15143
15144 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15145 Not documented
15146
15147 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15148
15149 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15150 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15151 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15152 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15153 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15154
15155 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15156
15157 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15158 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15159 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15160 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15161 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15162
15163 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15164
15165 ;;;***
15166 \f
15167 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15168 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15169 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17578 34779))
15170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15171
15172 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15173 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15174 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15175 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15176 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15177
15178 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
15179
15180 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15181 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15182
15183 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
15184
15185 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15186 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15187 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15188 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15189 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15190 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15191 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15192 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15193
15194 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
15195
15196 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15197 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15198 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15199 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15200 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15201
15202 This variable is only used if the variable
15203 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15204
15205 More precise choices:
15206 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15207 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15208 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15209
15210 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15211
15212 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
15213
15214 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15215 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15216
15217 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15218 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15219 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15220 to that buffer.
15221 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15222 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15223 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15224 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15225
15226 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15227 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15228
15229 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15230
15231 ;;;***
15232 \f
15233 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15234 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15235 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15236 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17590 36099))
15237 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15238
15239 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15240 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15241
15242 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15243 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15244 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15245
15246 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15247 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15248 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15249 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15250 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15251 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15252 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15253 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15254 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15255 with the top-level Info directory.
15256
15257 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15258 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15259 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15260 appended to the Info buffer name.
15261
15262 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15263 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15264 in all the directories in that path.
15265
15266 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15267
15268 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15269 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15270
15271 \(fn)" t nil)
15272
15273 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15274 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15275 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15276 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15277
15278 \(fn)" nil nil)
15279
15280 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15281 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15282 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15283 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15284
15285 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15286
15287 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15288 Go to the Info directory node.
15289
15290 \(fn)" t nil)
15291
15292 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15293 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15294 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15295 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15296 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15297 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15298
15299 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15300
15301 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15302 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15303 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15304
15305 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15306
15307 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15308 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15309 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15310 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15311 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15312
15313 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15314 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15315
15316 Selecting other nodes:
15317 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15318 Follow a node reference you click on.
15319 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15320 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15321 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15322 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15323 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15324 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15325 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15326 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15327 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15328 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15329 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15330 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15331 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15332 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15333 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15334 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15335 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15336 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15337 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15338 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15339
15340 Moving within a node:
15341 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15342 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15343 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15344 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15345 move up to the parent node.
15346 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15347 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15348 if there is none.
15349 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15350
15351 Advanced commands:
15352 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15353 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15354 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15355 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15356 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15357 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15358 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15359 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15360 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15361 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15362 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15363 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15364 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15365 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15366 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15367 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15368
15369 \(fn)" nil nil)
15370 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15371
15372 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15373 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15374 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15375 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15376 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15377 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15378
15379 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15380 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15381
15382 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15383 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15384 KEY is a string.
15385 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15386 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15387 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15388 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15389
15390 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15391
15392 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15393 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15394 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15395
15396 \(fn)" t nil)
15397
15398 ;;;***
15399 \f
15400 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15401 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15402 ;;;;;; (17383 32108))
15403 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15404
15405 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15406 Throw away all cached data.
15407 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15408 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15409 system.
15410
15411 \(fn)" t nil)
15412 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15413
15414 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15415 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15416 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
15417 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
15418 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15419 The default symbol is the one found at point.
15420
15421 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15422
15423 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15424 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15425
15426 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15427 Display the documentation of a file.
15428 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15429 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15430 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15431 The default file name is the one found at point.
15432
15433 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15434
15435 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15436
15437 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15438 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15439
15440 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15441
15442 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15443 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15444
15445 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15446
15447 ;;;***
15448 \f
15449 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15450 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17521 64536))
15451 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15452
15453 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15454 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15455
15456 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15457
15458 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15459 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15460 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15461
15462 \(fn)" t nil)
15463
15464 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15465 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15466 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15467
15468 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15469 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15470 quite a while.
15471
15472 \(fn)" t nil)
15473
15474 ;;;***
15475 \f
15476 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15477 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17383 32108))
15478 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15479
15480 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15481 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15482
15483 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15484
15485 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15486 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15487 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15488
15489 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15490 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15491 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15492
15493 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15494 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15495 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15496 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15497
15498 \(fn)" t nil)
15499
15500 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15501 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15502 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15503
15504 \(fn)" t nil)
15505
15506 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15507 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15508 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15509 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15510 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15511
15512 \(fn)" nil nil)
15513
15514 ;;;***
15515 \f
15516 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15517 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15518 ;;;;;; (17116 6720))
15519 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15520
15521 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15522 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15523
15524 \(fn)" t nil)
15525
15526 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15527 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15528
15529 \(fn)" t nil)
15530
15531 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15532 Not documented
15533
15534 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15535
15536 ;;;***
15537 \f
15538 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17383
15539 ;;;;;; 32108))
15540 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15541
15542 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15543 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15544 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15545 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15546 accessed via isearchb.
15547
15548 \(fn)" t nil)
15549
15550 ;;;***
15551 \f
15552 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15553 ;;;;;; (17383 32179))
15554 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15555
15556 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15557 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15558 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15559 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15560 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15561 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15562
15563 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15564 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15565
15566 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15567 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15568 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15569 \"s gives German sharp s.
15570 /a gives a with ring.
15571 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15572 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15573 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15574 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15575
15576 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15577 and a negative argument disables it.
15578
15579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15580
15581 ;;;***
15582 \f
15583 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15584 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15585 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15586 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17097 33520))
15587 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15588
15589 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15590 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15591 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15592 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15593
15594 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15595
15596 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15597 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15598 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15599 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15600
15601 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15602
15603 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15604 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15605 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15606 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15607
15608 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15609
15610 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15611 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15612 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15613 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15614
15615 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15616
15617 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15618 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15619 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15620 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15621
15622 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15623
15624 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15625 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15626 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15627 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15628
15629 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15630
15631 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15632 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15633 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15634 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15635
15636 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15637
15638 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15639 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15640 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15641 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15642
15643 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15644
15645 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15646 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15647 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15648 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15649
15650 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15651
15652 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15653 Warn that format is read-only.
15654
15655 \(fn)" t nil)
15656
15657 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15658 Warn that format is write-only.
15659
15660 \(fn)" t nil)
15661
15662 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15663 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15664
15665 \(fn)" t nil)
15666
15667 ;;;***
15668 \f
15669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15670 ;;;;;; (17097 33521))
15671 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15672 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15673 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15674 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15675
15676 ;;;***
15677 \f
15678 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15679 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15680 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15681 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15682 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15683 ;;;;;; (17578 34779))
15684 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15685 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15686
15687 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15688 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15689 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15690 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15691
15692 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
15693 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15694
15695 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15696 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15697 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15698
15699 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15700 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15701 re-start emacs.")
15702
15703 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
15704
15705 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15706
15707 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15708
15709 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15710
15711 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15712
15713 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15714
15715 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15716
15717 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15718 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15719
15720 Each element of this list is also a list:
15721
15722 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15723 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15724
15725 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15726 nil means the default dictionary.
15727
15728 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15729 word.
15730
15731 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15732
15733 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15734 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15735 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15736 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15737 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15738 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15739 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15740 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15741 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15742
15743 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15744 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15745 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15746 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15747 for non-ASCII bytes.
15748
15749 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15750 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15751 single word.
15752
15753 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15754 subprocess.
15755
15756 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15757 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15758 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15759 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15760 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15761 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15762 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15763 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15764
15765 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15766
15767 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15768 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15769 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15770
15771 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15772 Key map for ispell menu.")
15773
15774 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15775 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15776 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15777 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15778
15779 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15780
15781 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15782
15783 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15784
15785 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15786
15787 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15788 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15789 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15790 Valid forms include:
15791 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15792 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15793 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15794 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15795
15796 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15797 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15798 First list is used raw.
15799 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15800
15801 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15802 for skipping in latex mode.")
15803
15804 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15805 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15806 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15807 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15808 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15809 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15810
15811 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15812 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15813 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15814 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15815
15816 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15817 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15818 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15819 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15820 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15821
15822 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15823 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15824
15825 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15826 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15827
15828 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15829 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15830
15831 return values:
15832 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15833 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15834 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15835 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15836 quit spell session exited.
15837
15838 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15839
15840 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15841 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15842 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15843
15844 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15845
15846 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15847 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15848
15849 Selections are:
15850
15851 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15852 SPC: Accept word this time.
15853 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15854 `a': Accept word for this session.
15855 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15856 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15857 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15858 `?': Show these commands.
15859 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15860 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15861 the aborted check to be completed later.
15862 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15863 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15864 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15865 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15866 `C-l': redraws screen
15867 `C-r': recursive edit
15868 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15869
15870 \(fn)" nil nil)
15871
15872 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15873 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15874 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15875
15876 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15877
15878 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15879 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15880 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15881 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15882
15883 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15884
15885 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15886
15887 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15888 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15889 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15890 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15891
15892 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15893
15894 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15895 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15896
15897 \(fn)" t nil)
15898
15899 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15900 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15901
15902 \(fn)" t nil)
15903
15904 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15905 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15906
15907 \(fn)" t nil)
15908
15909 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15910 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15911 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15912 sequence inside of a word.
15913
15914 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15915
15916 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15917
15918 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15919 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15920
15921 \(fn)" t nil)
15922
15923 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15924 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15925 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15926 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15927
15928 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15929 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15930 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15931 available on the net.
15932
15933 \(fn)" t nil)
15934
15935 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15936 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15937 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15938
15939 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15940 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15941
15942 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15943 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15944
15945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15946
15947 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
15948 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15949 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15950 Don't check included messages.
15951
15952 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15953 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15954 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15955
15956 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15957 in your .emacs file:
15958 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15959 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15960 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15961 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15962
15963 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15964 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15965 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15966
15967 \(fn)" t nil)
15968
15969 ;;;***
15970 \f
15971 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17438
15972 ;;;;;; 58632))
15973 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15974
15975 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15976 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15977 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15979 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15980
15981 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
15982
15983 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
15984 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15985 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
15986 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15987 `iswitchb' for details.
15988
15989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15990
15991 ;;;***
15992 \f
15993 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15994 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15995 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15996 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17097 33526))
15997 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15998
15999 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16000 Not documented
16001
16002 \(fn)" nil nil)
16003
16004 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16005 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16006 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16007 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16008 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16009 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16010 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16011 necessary to represent OBJ.
16012
16013 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16014
16015 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16016 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16017 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16018 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16019
16020 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16021
16022 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16023 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16024 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16025 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16026 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16027
16028 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16029
16030 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16031 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16032 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16033 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16034
16035 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16036
16037 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16038 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16039 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16040 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16041
16042 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16043
16044 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16045 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16046
16047 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16048
16049 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16050 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16051 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16052 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16053 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16054
16055 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16056
16057 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16058 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16059 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16060 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16061 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16062
16063 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16064
16065 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16066 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16067 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16068
16069 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16070
16071 ;;;***
16072 \f
16073 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16074 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17420 36078))
16075 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16076
16077 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16078 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16079 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16080 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16081
16082 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16083 Not documented
16084
16085 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16086
16087 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16088 Uninstall jka-compr.
16089 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16090 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16091 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16092
16093 \(fn)" nil nil)
16094
16095 ;;;***
16096 \f
16097 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16098 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16099 ;;;;;; (17383 32143))
16100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16101
16102 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16103 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16104 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16105 decimal key must be specified.")
16106
16107 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
16108
16109 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16110 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16111 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16112 decimal key must be specified.")
16113
16114 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
16115
16116 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16117 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16118 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16119 decimal key must be specified.")
16120
16121 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16122
16123 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16124 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16125 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16126 decimal key must be specified.")
16127
16128 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16129
16130 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16131 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
16132 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16133 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16134 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16135 keys are bound.
16136
16137 Setup Binding
16138 -------------------------------------------------------------
16139 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16140 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16141 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16142 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16143 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16144 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16145 in the global and local keymaps.
16146
16147 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16148 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16149
16150 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16151
16152 ;;;***
16153 \f
16154 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16155 ;;;;;; (17301 45595))
16156 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16157
16158 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16159 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16160 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16161
16162 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16163 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16164 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16165 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16166 shorter.
16167
16168 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16169 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16170 the context of text formatting.
16171
16172 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16173
16174 ;;;***
16175 \f
16176 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17097
16177 ;;;;;; 33521))
16178 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16179
16180 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16181 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16182 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16183 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16184 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16185 positions that contains the current selection.")
16186
16187 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16188 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16189 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16190 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16191 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16192 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16193 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16194
16195 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16196
16197 ;;;***
16198 \f
16199 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16200 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16201 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16202 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17503 24306))
16203 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16204 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16205 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16206 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16207 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16208 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16209 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16210 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16211
16212 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16213 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16214 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16215 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16216 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16217
16218 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16219
16220 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16221 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16222 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16223
16224 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16225 defining the macro.
16226
16227 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16228 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16229 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16230
16231 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16232 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16233
16234 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16235
16236 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16237 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16238 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16239 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16240 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16241 under that name.
16242
16243 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16244 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16245 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16246
16247 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16248
16249 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16250 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16251 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16252
16253 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16254 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16255 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16256 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16257
16258 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16259 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16260
16261 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16262
16263 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16264 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16265 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16266
16267 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16268 macro.
16269
16270 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16271 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16272
16273 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16274 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16275 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16276
16277 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16278 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16279
16280 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16281
16282 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16283 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16284 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16285 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16286
16287 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16288
16289 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16290 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16291 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16292 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16293
16294 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16295 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16296
16297 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16298
16299 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16300 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16301 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16302
16303 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16304
16305 ;;;***
16306 \f
16307 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16308 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16309 ;;;;;; (17097 33526))
16310 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16311
16312 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16313
16314 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16315 Not documented
16316
16317 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16318
16319 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16320 Not documented
16321
16322 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16323
16324 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16325 Not documented
16326
16327 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16328
16329 ;;;***
16330 \f
16331 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16332 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17097 33526))
16333 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16334
16335 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16336 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16337 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16338
16339 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16340 Not documented
16341
16342 \(fn)" nil nil)
16343
16344 ;;;***
16345 \f
16346 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16347 ;;;;;; (17582 28846))
16348 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16349
16350 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16351
16352 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16353 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16354
16355 \(fn)" t nil)
16356
16357 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16358
16359 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16360 Start or resume an Lm game.
16361 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16362 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16363
16364 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16365 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16366 none / 1 | yes | no
16367 2 | yes | yes
16368 3 | no | yes
16369 4 | no | no
16370
16371 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16372 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16373 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16374
16375 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16376
16377 ;;;***
16378 \f
16379 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16380 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16381 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17097
16382 ;;;;;; 33526))
16383 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16384
16385 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16386 Not documented
16387
16388 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16389
16390 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16391 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16392 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16393 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16394 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16395 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16396
16397 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16398 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16399
16400 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16401
16402 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16403 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16404
16405 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16406
16407 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16408 Not documented
16409
16410 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16411
16412 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16413 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16414 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16415 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16416 to compose.
16417
16418 The return value is number of composed characters.
16419
16420 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16421
16422 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16423 Not documented
16424
16425 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16426
16427 ;;;***
16428 \f
16429 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16430 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16431 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17383 32167))
16432 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16433
16434 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16435 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16436 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16437 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16438
16439 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
16440
16441 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16442 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16443 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16444
16445 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16446
16447 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16448 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16449 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16450
16451 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16452
16453 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16454 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16455 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16456 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16457
16458 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16459
16460 ;;;***
16461 \f
16462 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16463 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17097 33522))
16464 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16465
16466 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16467 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16468 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16469 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16470 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16471 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16472 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16473 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16474
16475 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16476 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16477
16478 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16479 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16480
16481 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
16482
16483 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16484 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16485 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16486 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16487 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16488 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16489 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16490 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16491
16492 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16493
16494 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16495 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16496 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16497 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16498
16499 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16500 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16501
16502 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
16503
16504 ;;;***
16505 \f
16506 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16507 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17383 32179))
16508 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16509
16510 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16511 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16512 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16513 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16514
16515 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16516
16517 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16518 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16519 JIT Lock's favor.
16520
16521 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16522
16523 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16524 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16525 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16526 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16527 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16528 for large buffers.
16529
16530 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16531 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16532 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16533 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16534 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16535
16536 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16537 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16538 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16539 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16540 slow to keep up with your typing.
16541
16542 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16543 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16544 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16545 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16546 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16547 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16548
16549 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16550 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16551 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16552 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16553
16554 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16555 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16556 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16557 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16558
16559 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16560 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16561 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16562 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16563 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16564
16565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16566
16567 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16568 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16569
16570 \(fn)" nil nil)
16571
16572 ;;;***
16573 \f
16574 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16575 ;;;;;; (17397 61570))
16576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16577
16578 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16579
16580 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16581
16582 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16583 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16584
16585 \(fn)" t nil)
16586
16587 ;;;***
16588 \f
16589 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16590 ;;;;;; (17383 32110))
16591 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16592
16593 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16594 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16595
16596 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16597 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16598
16599 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16600 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16601
16602 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16603 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16604 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16605 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16606 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16607 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16608 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16609 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16610 and transmit saved text.
16611 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16612 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16613 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16614
16615 \(fn)" t nil)
16616
16617 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16618 Not documented
16619
16620 \(fn)" nil nil)
16621
16622 ;;;***
16623 \f
16624 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17383 32182))
16625 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16626
16627 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16628 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16629 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16630 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16631 generations (this defaults to 1).
16632
16633 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16634
16635 ;;;***
16636 \f
16637 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17484
16638 ;;;;;; 52424))
16639 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16640
16641 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16642 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16643 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16644 is nil, raise an error.
16645
16646 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16647 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16648 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16649 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16650 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16651 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16652 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16653 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16654 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16655
16656 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16657
16658 ;;;***
16659 \f
16660 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16661 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17578 34772))
16662 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16663
16664 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16665 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16666 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16667
16668 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
16669
16670 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16671 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16672 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16673 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16674
16675 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16676 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16677 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16678 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16679 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16680 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16681 the version.)
16682
16683 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16684 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16685
16686 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16687 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16688
16689 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16690
16691 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16692 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16693 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16694 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16695 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16696 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16697 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16698 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16699 to constrain a big search.
16700
16701 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16702 except that FILTER is not optional.
16703
16704 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16705
16706 ;;;***
16707 \f
16708 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17494 22059))
16709 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16710
16711 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16712 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16713 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16714 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16715 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16716 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16717 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16718 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16719 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16720 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16721 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16722 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16723 uses the current buffer.
16724
16725 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16726
16727 ;;;***
16728 \f
16729 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17494
16730 ;;;;;; 22059))
16731 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16732
16733 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16734 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16735
16736 \(fn)" t nil)
16737
16738 ;;;***
16739 \f
16740 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17590
16741 ;;;;;; 36099))
16742 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16743
16744 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16745 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16746 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16747 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16748 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16749
16750 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16751 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16752 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16753
16754 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16755 are indicated with a symbol.
16756
16757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16758
16759 ;;;***
16760 \f
16761 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16762 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17383
16763 ;;;;;; 32111))
16764 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16765
16766 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16767
16768 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16769
16770 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16771 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16772 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16773
16774 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16775 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16776
16777 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16778 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16779 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16780 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16781 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16782 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16783 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16784
16785 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
16786
16787 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16788 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16789 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16790 switch on this list.
16791 See `lpr-command'.")
16792
16793 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
16794
16795 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16796 *Name of program for printing a file.
16797
16798 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16799 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16800 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16801 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16802 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16803 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16804 argument.")
16805
16806 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
16807
16808 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16809 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16810 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16811 for customization of the printer command.
16812
16813 \(fn)" t nil)
16814
16815 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16816 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16817
16818 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16819 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16820 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16821 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16822
16823 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16824 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16825
16826 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16827 for further customization of the printer command.
16828
16829 \(fn)" t nil)
16830
16831 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16832 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16833 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16834 for customization of the printer command.
16835
16836 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16837
16838 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16839 Paginate and print the region contents.
16840
16841 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16842 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16843 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16844 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16845
16846 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16847 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16848
16849 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16850 for further customization of the printer command.
16851
16852 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16853
16854 ;;;***
16855 \f
16856 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16857 ;;;;;; (17383 32111))
16858 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16859
16860 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16861 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16862 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16863
16864 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16865
16866 ;;;***
16867 \f
16868 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17397
16869 ;;;;;; 61548))
16870 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16871
16872 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16873 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16874 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16875
16876 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16877
16878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16879
16880 ;;;***
16881 \f
16882 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17397
16883 ;;;;;; 61570))
16884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16885
16886 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16887 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16888 \\{m4-mode-map}
16889
16890 \(fn)" t nil)
16891
16892 ;;;***
16893 \f
16894 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16895 ;;;;;; (17383 32140))
16896 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16897
16898 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16899 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16900 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16901 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16902 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16903
16904 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16905
16906 ;;;***
16907 \f
16908 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16909 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17383 32112))
16910 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16911
16912 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16913 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16914 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16915 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16916 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16917
16918 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16919
16920 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16921 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16922 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16923 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16924
16925 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16926 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16927 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16928 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16929 bindings.
16930
16931 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16932 use this command, and then save the file.
16933
16934 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16935
16936 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16937 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16938 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16939 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16940 each time the macro executes.
16941 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16942 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16943 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16944 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16945 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16946 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16947 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16948
16949 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16950
16951 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16952 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16953 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16954 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16955
16956 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16957 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16958 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16959 execute.
16960
16961 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16962 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16963
16964 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16965 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16966 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16967 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16968 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16969
16970 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16971 looked like this:
16972
16973 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16974 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16975 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16976
16977 You could enter the names in this format:
16978
16979 foo
16980 bar
16981 baz
16982
16983 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16984
16985 \\C-x (
16986 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16987 \\C-x )
16988
16989 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16990 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16991
16992 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16993 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16994
16995 ;;;***
16996 \f
16997 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16998 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17383 32168))
16999 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17000
17001 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17002 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17003 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17004 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17005 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17006 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17007
17008 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17009 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17010 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17011 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17012 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17013
17014 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17015 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17016 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17017 consing a string.)
17018
17019 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17020
17021 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17022 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17023
17024 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17025
17026 ;;;***
17027 \f
17028 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17029 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17030 ;;;;;; (17383 32168))
17031 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17032
17033 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17034 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17035
17036 \(fn)" nil nil)
17037
17038 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17039 Not documented
17040
17041 \(fn)" nil nil)
17042
17043 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17044 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17045
17046 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
17047
17048 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17049 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17050 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17051 message.
17052
17053 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17054
17055 \(fn)" nil nil)
17056
17057 ;;;***
17058 \f
17059 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17060 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17061 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17383
17062 ;;;;;; 32168))
17063 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17064
17065 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17066 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17067 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17068 often correct parser.")
17069
17070 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
17071
17072 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17073 Not documented
17074
17075 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17076
17077 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17078 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17079 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17080 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17081
17082 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17083
17084 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17085 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17086 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17087 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17088
17089 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17090
17091 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17092 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17093 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17094 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17095 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17096 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17097 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17098 as Rmail does.
17099
17100 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17101
17102 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17103 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17104 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17105 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17106 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17107 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17108
17109 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17110
17111 ;;;***
17112 \f
17113 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17114 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17383 32168))
17115 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17116
17117 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17118 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17119
17120 \(fn)" nil nil)
17121
17122 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17123 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17124 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17125
17126 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17127
17128 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17129 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17130 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17131
17132 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17133
17134 ;;;***
17135 \f
17136 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17137 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17383
17138 ;;;;;; 32169))
17139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17140
17141 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17142 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17143 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17144 king@grassland.com
17145 If `parens', they look like:
17146 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17147 If `angles', they look like:
17148 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17149
17150 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
17151
17152 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17153 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17154 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17155 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17156 their `Resent-' variants.
17157
17158 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17159 removed from alias expansions.
17160
17161 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17162
17163 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17164 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17165 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17166
17167 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17168 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17169 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17170 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17171
17172 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17173
17174 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17175 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17176 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17177 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17178
17179 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17180
17181 ;;;***
17182 \f
17183 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17184 ;;;;;; (17383 32169))
17185 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17186
17187 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17188 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17189 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17190 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17191
17192 \(fn)" nil nil)
17193
17194 ;;;***
17195 \f
17196 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17197 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17198 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17578 34779))
17199 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17200
17201 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17202 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17203
17204 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17205 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17206 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17207 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17208 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17209 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17210
17211 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17212 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17213 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17214 dependency, despite the colon.
17215
17216 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17217
17218 In the browser, use the following keys:
17219
17220 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17221
17222 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17223
17224 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17225 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17226
17227 `makefile-target-colon':
17228 The string that gets appended to all target names
17229 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17230 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17231
17232 `makefile-macro-assign':
17233 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17234 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17235 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17236 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17237 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17238 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17239
17240 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17241 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17242 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17243
17244 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17245 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17246
17247 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17248 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17249 up or down in the browser.
17250
17251 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17252 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17253
17254 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17255 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17256
17257 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17258 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17259 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17260 has been selected in the browser.
17261
17262 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17263 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17264 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17265 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17266 filenames are omitted.
17267
17268 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17269 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17270 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17271 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17272 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17273 the backslash itself intact.
17274 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17275 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17276
17277 `makefile-browser-hook':
17278 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17279 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17280
17281 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17282 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17283 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17284 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17285
17286 \(fn)" t nil)
17287
17288 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17289 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17290
17291 \(fn)" t nil)
17292
17293 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17294 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17295
17296 \(fn)" t nil)
17297
17298 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17299 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17300
17301 \(fn)" t nil)
17302
17303 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17304 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17305
17306 \(fn)" t nil)
17307
17308 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17309 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17310
17311 \(fn)" t nil)
17312
17313 ;;;***
17314 \f
17315 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17383
17316 ;;;;;; 32112))
17317 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17318
17319 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17320 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17321 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17322
17323 \(fn)" t nil)
17324
17325 ;;;***
17326 \f
17327 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17466 42706))
17328 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17329
17330 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17331
17332 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17333 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17334 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17335 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17336 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17337 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17338 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17339
17340 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17341 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17342 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17343 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17344
17345 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17346
17347 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17348 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17349
17350 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17351
17352 ;;;***
17353 \f
17354 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17161 57259))
17355 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17356
17357 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17358 Toggle Master mode.
17359 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17360 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17361 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17362
17363 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17364 following commands:
17365
17366 \\{master-mode-map}
17367
17368 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17369 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17370 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17371
17372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17373
17374 ;;;***
17375 \f
17376 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17578
17377 ;;;;;; 34772))
17378 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17379
17380 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17381
17382 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17383 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17384 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17385 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17386 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17387
17388 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
17389
17390 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17391 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17392 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17393 created in the future.
17394 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17395 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17396
17397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17398
17399 ;;;***
17400 \f
17401 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17402 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17403 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17404 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17405 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17406 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17407 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17408 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17409 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17410 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17411 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17578 34776))
17412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17413
17414 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17415 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17416
17417 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17418 king@grassland.com
17419 If `parens', they look like:
17420 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17421 If `angles', they look like:
17422 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17423
17424 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17425 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17426
17427 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
17428
17429 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17430 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17431
17432 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
17433
17434 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17435 *Local news organization file.")
17436
17437 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
17438
17439 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17440 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17441 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17442 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17443
17444 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17445 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17446 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17447
17448 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17449
17450 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
17451
17452 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17453 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17454
17455 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17456 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17457 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17458 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17459
17460 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
17461
17462 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17463 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17464 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17465 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17466
17467 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
17468
17469 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17470 *Function for citing an original message.
17471 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17472 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17473 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17474
17475 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
17476
17477 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17478 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17479 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17480 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17481 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17482
17483 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
17484
17485 (defvar message-signature t "\
17486 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17487 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17488 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17489 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17490
17491 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
17492
17493 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17494 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17495 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17496 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17497
17498 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
17499
17500 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17501 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17502
17503 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
17504
17505 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17506
17507 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17508 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17509 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17510 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17511 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17512 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17513 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17514 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17515 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17516 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17517 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17518 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17519 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17520 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17521 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17522 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17523 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17524 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17525 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17526 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17527 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17528 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17529 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17530 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17531 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17532 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17533 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17534 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17535 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17536 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17537 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17538 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17539 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17540 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17541 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17542 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17543 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17544
17545 \(fn)" t nil)
17546
17547 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17548 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17549 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17550
17551 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17552
17553 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17554 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17555
17556 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17557
17558 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17559 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17560
17561 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17562
17563 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17564 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17565
17566 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17567
17568 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17569 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17570 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17571
17572 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17573
17574 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17575 Cancel an article you posted.
17576 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17577
17578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17579
17580 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17581 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17582 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17583 header line with the old Message-ID.
17584
17585 \(fn)" t nil)
17586
17587 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17588 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17589
17590 \(fn)" t nil)
17591
17592 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17593 Forward the current message via mail.
17594 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17595 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17596
17597 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17598
17599 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17600 Not documented
17601
17602 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17603
17604 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17605 Not documented
17606
17607 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17608
17609 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17610 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17611
17612 \(fn)" t nil)
17613
17614 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17615 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17616
17617 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17618
17619 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17620 Re-mail the current message.
17621 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17622 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17623 you.
17624
17625 \(fn)" t nil)
17626
17627 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17628 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17629
17630 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17631
17632 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17633 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17634
17635 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17636
17637 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17638 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17639
17640 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17641
17642 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17643 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17644
17645 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17646
17647 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17648 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17649 Works by overstriking characters.
17650 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17651 which specify the range to operate on.
17652
17653 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17654
17655 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17656 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17657 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17658 which specify the range to operate on.
17659
17660 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17661
17662 ;;;***
17663 \f
17664 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17665 ;;;;;; (17397 61570))
17666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17667
17668 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17669 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17670 Special commands:
17671 \\{meta-mode-map}
17672
17673 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17674 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17675
17676 \(fn)" t nil)
17677
17678 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17679 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17680 Special commands:
17681 \\{meta-mode-map}
17682
17683 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17684 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17685
17686 \(fn)" t nil)
17687
17688 ;;;***
17689 \f
17690 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17691 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17692 ;;;;;; (17383 32169))
17693 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17694
17695 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17696 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17697 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17698
17699 \(fn)" t nil)
17700
17701 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17702 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17703 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17704 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17705 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17706 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17707 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17708
17709 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17710
17711 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17712 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17713 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17714 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17715 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17716 means current).
17717 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17718 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17719
17720 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17721
17722 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17723 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17724 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17725 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17726 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17727 means current).
17728 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17729 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17730
17731 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17732
17733 ;;;***
17734 \f
17735 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17736 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17737 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17578 34777))
17738 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17739
17740 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17741 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17742 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17743
17744 \(fn)" t nil)
17745
17746 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17747 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17748 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17749
17750 \(fn)" t nil)
17751
17752 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17753 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17754
17755 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17756 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17757 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17758
17759 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17760 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17761
17762 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17763 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17764
17765 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17766
17767 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17768
17769 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17770 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17771 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17772 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17773 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17774 as `compose-mail'.
17775
17776 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17777 initial Subject field, respectively.
17778
17779 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17780 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17781 are strings.
17782
17783 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17784 ignored.
17785
17786 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17787
17788 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17789 Save draft and send message.
17790
17791 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17792 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17793 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17794 Mail Delivery*\".
17795
17796 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17797 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17798 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17799
17800 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17801 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17802 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17803 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17804 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17805 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17806
17807 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17808 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17809
17810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17811
17812 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17813 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17814
17815 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17816 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17817 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17818 delete the draft message.
17819
17820 \(fn)" t nil)
17821
17822 ;;;***
17823 \f
17824 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17578 34777))
17825 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17826
17827 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17828
17829 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17830
17831 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17832
17833 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17834 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17835
17836 \(fn)" t nil)
17837
17838 ;;;***
17839 \f
17840 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17841 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17484 52433))
17842 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17843
17844 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17845 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17846 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17847
17848 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17849 the MH mail system.
17850
17851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17852
17853 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17854 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17855 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17856
17857 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17858 the MH mail system.
17859
17860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17861
17862 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17863 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17864
17865 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17866 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17867 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17868 separate command.
17869
17870 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17871 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17872 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17873 format.
17874
17875 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17876
17877 Ranges
17878 ======
17879 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17880 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17881 can be used in several ways.
17882
17883 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17884 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17885 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17886 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17887 page):
17888
17889 <num1>-<num2>
17890 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17891 The range must be nonempty.
17892
17893 <num>:N
17894 <num>:+N
17895 <num>:-N
17896 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17897 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17898 last.
17899
17900 first:N
17901 prev:N
17902 next:N
17903 last:N
17904 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17905
17906 all
17907 All of the messages.
17908
17909 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17910 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17911
17912 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17913 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17914 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17915
17916 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17917
17918 \(fn)" t nil)
17919
17920 ;;;***
17921 \f
17922 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17923 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17420 36079))
17924 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17925
17926 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17927 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17928 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17929 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17930 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17931 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17932 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17933 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17934 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17935 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17936 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17937
17938 \(fn)" t nil)
17939
17940 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17941 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17942 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17943 to its second argument TM.
17944
17945 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17946
17947 ;;;***
17948 \f
17949 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17950 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17383 32112))
17951 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17952
17953 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17954 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17955 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17956 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17957 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17958
17959 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
17960
17961 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17962 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17963 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17964 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17965 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17966 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17967 default indication.
17968
17969 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17970 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17971
17972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17973
17974 ;;;***
17975 \f
17976 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17977 ;;;;;; (17397 61570))
17978 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17979
17980 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17981 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17982 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17983
17984 \(fn)" t nil)
17985
17986 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17987
17988 ;;;***
17989 \f
17990 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17991 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17992 ;;;;;; (17346 38886))
17993 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17994
17995 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17996 Not documented
17997
17998 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17999
18000 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18001 Not documented
18002
18003 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18004
18005 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18006 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18007 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18008 PATTERN regexp.
18009
18010 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18011
18012 ;;;***
18013 \f
18014 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18015 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17484 52431))
18016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18017
18018 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18019 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18020
18021 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18022
18023 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18024 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18025 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18026 the entire message.
18027 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18028
18029 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18030
18031 ;;;***
18032 \f
18033 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18034 ;;;;;; (17383 32161))
18035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18036
18037 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18038 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18039 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18040 the entire message.
18041 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18042
18043 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18044
18045 ;;;***
18046 \f
18047 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18048 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17383 32161))
18049 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18050
18051 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18052 Insert file contents of URL.
18053 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18054
18055 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18056
18057 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18058 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18059
18060 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18061
18062 ;;;***
18063 \f
18064 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18065 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17498 30595))
18066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18067
18068 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18069 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18070 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18071 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18072 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18073
18074 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18075
18076 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18077 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18078 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18079
18080 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18081
18082 ;;;***
18083 \f
18084 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18085 ;;;;;; (17494 22066))
18086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18087
18088 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18089 Not documented
18090
18091 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18092
18093 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18094 Not documented
18095
18096 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18097
18098 ;;;***
18099 \f
18100 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18101 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18102 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17498 30595))
18103 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18104
18105 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18106 Not documented
18107
18108 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18109
18110 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18111 Not documented
18112
18113 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18114
18115 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18116 Not documented
18117
18118 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18119
18120 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18121 Not documented
18122
18123 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18124
18125 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18126 Not documented
18127
18128 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18129
18130 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18131 Not documented
18132
18133 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18134
18135 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18136 Not documented
18137
18138 \(fn)" nil nil)
18139
18140 ;;;***
18141 \f
18142 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18143 ;;;;;; (17281 61308))
18144 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18145
18146 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18147 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18148 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18149 followed by the first character of the construct.
18150 \\<m2-mode-map>
18151 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18152 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18153 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18154 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18155 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18156 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18157 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18158 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18159 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18160 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18161 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18162 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18163 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18164 \\[m2-link] link
18165
18166 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18167 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18168 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18169
18170 \(fn)" t nil)
18171
18172 ;;;***
18173 \f
18174 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18175 ;;;;;; (17383 32182))
18176 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18177
18178 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18179 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18180
18181 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18182
18183 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18184 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18185
18186 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18187
18188 ;;;***
18189 \f
18190 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17383
18191 ;;;;;; 32113))
18192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18193
18194 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18195 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18196 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18198 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18199
18200 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
18201
18202 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18203 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18204 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18205 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18206
18207 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18208
18209 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18210
18211 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18212
18213 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18214 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18215 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18216 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18217 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18218 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18219
18220 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18221 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18222 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18223 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18224 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18225
18226 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18227 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18228
18229 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18230 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18231
18232 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18233
18234 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18235 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18236 primary selection and region.
18237
18238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18239
18240 ;;;***
18241 \f
18242 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17383 32183))
18243 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18244
18245 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18246 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18247
18248 \(fn)" t nil)
18249
18250 ;;;***
18251 \f
18252 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17578 34773))
18253 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18254
18255 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18256 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18257 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18258 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18259 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18260
18261 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18262
18263 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18264 Toggle Msb mode.
18265 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18266 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18267 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18268
18269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18270
18271 ;;;***
18272 \f
18273 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18274 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18275 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18276 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18277 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18278 ;;;;;; (17210 47738))
18279 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18280
18281 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18282 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18283 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18284 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18285 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18286 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18287 set of ISO charsets.
18288
18289 Each element has the following format:
18290 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18291
18292 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18293
18294 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18295 CHARSET are mapped.
18296
18297 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18298 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18299 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18300 character code in CHARSET.
18301
18302 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18303 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18304 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18305 or
18306 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18307 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18308 TO2, or...
18309 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18310 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18311
18312 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18313 Display a list of all character sets.
18314
18315 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18316 internal Emacs use.
18317
18318 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18319 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18320 hexadecimal digits.
18321 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18322 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18323
18324 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18325 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18326 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18327 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18328
18329 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18330 but still shows the full information.
18331
18332 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18333
18334 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18335 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18336 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18337 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18338 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18339
18340 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18341 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18342 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18343 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18344 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18345
18346 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18347
18348 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18349 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18350 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18351 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18352 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18353
18354 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18355
18356 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18357 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18358
18359 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18360
18361 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18362 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18363
18364 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18365
18366 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18367 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18368
18369 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18370 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18371 in place of `..':
18372 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18373 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18374 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18375 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18376 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18377 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18378 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18379 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18380 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18381 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18382 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18383 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18384 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18385 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18386 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18387 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18388
18389 \(fn)" t nil)
18390
18391 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18392 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18393
18394 \(fn)" t nil)
18395
18396 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18397 Display a list of all coding systems.
18398 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18399
18400 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18401 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18402
18403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18404
18405 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18406 Display a list of all coding categories.
18407
18408 \(fn)" nil nil)
18409
18410 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18411 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
18412
18413 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18414
18415 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18416 Display information about FONTSET.
18417 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18418
18419 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18420
18421 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18422 Display a list of all fontsets.
18423 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18424 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18425 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18426
18427 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18428
18429 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18430 Display information about all input methods.
18431
18432 \(fn)" t nil)
18433
18434 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18435 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18436
18437 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18438 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18439 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18440 system which uses fontsets).
18441
18442 \(fn)" t nil)
18443
18444 ;;;***
18445 \f
18446 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18447 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18448 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18449 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18450 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18451 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17097 33522))
18452 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18453
18454 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18455 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18456 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18457
18458 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18459
18460 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18461
18462 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18463 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18464
18465 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18466 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18467
18468 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18469 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18470
18471 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18472
18473 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18474 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18475 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18476 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18477 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18478 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18479 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18480
18481 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18482 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18483 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18484 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18485 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18486 middle of a character in STR.
18487
18488 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18489 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18490
18491 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18492 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18493 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18494 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18495 defaults to \"...\".
18496
18497 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18498
18499 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18500 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18501
18502 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18503 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18504 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18505
18506 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18507 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18508 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18509
18510 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18511 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18512 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18513 is considered.
18514 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18515 longer than KEYSEQ.
18516 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18517
18518 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18519
18520 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18521 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18522 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18523 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18524 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18525 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18526 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18527 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18528 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18529 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18530 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18531
18532 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18533
18534 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18535 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18536
18537 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18538
18539 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18540 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18541
18542 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18543
18544 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18545 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18546
18547 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18548
18549 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18550 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18551
18552 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18553
18554 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18555 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18556 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18557 coding systems ordered by priority.
18558
18559 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18560
18561 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18562 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18563 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18564 language environment LANG-ENV.
18565
18566 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18567
18568 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18569 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18570 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18571 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18572 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18573 basis, this may not be accurate.
18574
18575 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18576
18577 ;;;***
18578 \f
18579 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18580 ;;;;;; (17494 22018))
18581 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18582
18583 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18584 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18585 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18587 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18588
18589 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18590
18591 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18592 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18593 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18594 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18595
18596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18597
18598 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18599 Enable mouse wheel support.
18600
18601 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18602
18603 ;;;***
18604 \f
18605 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18606 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18607 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18608 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17383 32176))
18609 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18610
18611 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18612 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18613
18614 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18615
18616 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18617 Ping HOST.
18618 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18619 `ping-program-options'.
18620
18621 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18622
18623 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18624 Run ipconfig program.
18625
18626 \(fn)" t nil)
18627
18628 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18629
18630 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18631 Run netstat program.
18632
18633 \(fn)" t nil)
18634
18635 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18636 Run the arp program.
18637
18638 \(fn)" t nil)
18639
18640 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18641 Run the route program.
18642
18643 \(fn)" t nil)
18644
18645 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18646 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18647
18648 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18649
18650 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18651 Run nslookup program.
18652
18653 \(fn)" t nil)
18654
18655 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18656 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18657
18658 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18659
18660 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18661 Run dig program.
18662
18663 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18664
18665 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18666 Run ftp program.
18667
18668 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18669
18670 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18671 Finger USER on HOST.
18672
18673 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18674
18675 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18676 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18677 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18678 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18679
18680 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18681
18682 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18683 Not documented
18684
18685 \(fn)" t nil)
18686
18687 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18688 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18689
18690 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18691
18692 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18693 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18694
18695 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18696
18697 ;;;***
18698 \f
18699 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18700 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
18701 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
18702 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
18703 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
18704 ;;;;;; (17515 39526))
18705 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18706
18707 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18708
18709 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18710
18711 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18712
18713 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18714
18715 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18716 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18717 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18718 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18719 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18720 Major modes should set this variable.")
18721
18722 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18723 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18724 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18725 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18726 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18727 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18728
18729 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
18730 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18731
18732 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18733 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18734 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18735
18736 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18737 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18738 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18739 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18740 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18741
18742 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18743 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18744 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18745
18746 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18747 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18748 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18749 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18750
18751 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18752 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18753 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18754 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18755 column indentation or nil.
18756 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18757
18758 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18759 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18760 The function has no args.
18761
18762 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18763 comments always start in column zero.")
18764
18765 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18766 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18767 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18768
18769 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
18770
18771 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18772 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18773 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18774 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18775
18776 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18777 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18778
18779 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
18780
18781 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18782 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18783 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18784 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18785 customize this variable.
18786
18787 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18788 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18789
18790 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
18791
18792 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18793 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18794 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18795 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18796 the variables are properly set.
18797
18798 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18799
18800 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18801 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18802
18803 \(fn)" nil nil)
18804
18805 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18806 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18807 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18808
18809 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18810
18811 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18812 Set the comment column based on point.
18813 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18814 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18815 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18816 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18817
18818 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18819
18820 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18821 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18822 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18823
18824 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18825
18826 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18827 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18828 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18829 comment markers.
18830
18831 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18832
18833 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18834 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18835 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18836 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18837 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18838 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18839 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18840 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18841
18842 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18843 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18844
18845 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18846
18847 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18848 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18849 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18850 is passed on to the respective function.
18851
18852 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18853
18854 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18855 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18856 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18857 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18858 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18859 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18860 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18861 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18862 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18863
18864 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18865
18866 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18867 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18868 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18869
18870 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18871
18872 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18873 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18874 This indents the body of the continued comment
18875 under the previous comment line.
18876
18877 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18878 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18879 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18880
18881 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18882 or comment indentation.
18883
18884 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18885 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18886
18887 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18888
18889 ;;;***
18890 \f
18891 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18892 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18893 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17383 32176))
18894 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18895
18896 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18897 Check whether newsticker is running.
18898 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18899 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18900
18901 \(fn)" nil nil)
18902
18903 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18904 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18905 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18906 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18907 empty.
18908
18909 \(fn)" nil nil)
18910
18911 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18912 Start the newsticker.
18913 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18914 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18915 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18916 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18917
18918 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18919
18920 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18921 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18922 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18923 running already.
18924
18925 \(fn)" t nil)
18926
18927 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18928 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18929
18930 \(fn)" t nil)
18931
18932 ;;;***
18933 \f
18934 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18935 ;;;;;; (17383 32162))
18936 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18937
18938 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18939 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18940
18941 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18942
18943 ;;;***
18944 \f
18945 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17383
18946 ;;;;;; 32162))
18947 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18948
18949 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18950 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18951 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18952 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18953 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18954 symbol in the alist.
18955
18956 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18957
18958 ;;;***
18959 \f
18960 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18961 ;;;;;; (17397 61556))
18962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18963
18964 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18965 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18966 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18967
18968 \(fn)" t nil)
18969
18970 ;;;***
18971 \f
18972 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18973 ;;;;;; (17383 32163))
18974 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18975
18976 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18977 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18978 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18979
18980 \(fn)" t nil)
18981
18982 ;;;***
18983 \f
18984 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18985 ;;;;;; (17383 32164))
18986 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18987
18988 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18989 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18990
18991 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18992
18993 ;;;***
18994 \f
18995 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18996 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17383 32164))
18997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18998
18999 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19000 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19001
19002 \(fn)" t nil)
19003
19004 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19005 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19006
19007 \(fn)" t nil)
19008
19009 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19010 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19011
19012 \(fn)" t nil)
19013
19014 ;;;***
19015 \f
19016 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19017 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17383 32114))
19018 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19019
19020 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19021 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19022 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19023
19024 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19025
19026 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19027 Not documented
19028
19029 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19030
19031 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19032 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19033 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19034 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19035 to future sessions.
19036
19037 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19038
19039 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19040 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19041 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19042 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19043 to future sessions.
19044
19045 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19046
19047 ;;;***
19048 \f
19049 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19050 ;;;;;; (17383 55266))
19051 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19052
19053 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19054 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19055 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19056 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19057 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19058 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19059
19060 \(fn)" t nil)
19061
19062 ;;;***
19063 \f
19064 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19065 ;;;;;; (17397 61570))
19066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19067
19068 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19069 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19070 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19071 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19072 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19073
19074 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19075
19076 ;;;***
19077 \f
19078 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19079 ;;;;;; (17582 29242))
19080 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19081
19082 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19083 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19084 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19085
19086 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19087
19088 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19089 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19090
19091 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19092 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19093 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19094
19095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19096
19097 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19098
19099 ;;;***
19100 \f
19101 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19102 ;;;;;; (17432 37364))
19103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19104
19105 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19106 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19107
19108 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19109 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19110 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19111 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19112
19113 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19114 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19115 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19116 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19117 is why you need this mode!).
19118
19119 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19120 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19121 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19122
19123 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19124
19125 Keybindings
19126 ===========
19127
19128 \\{octave-mode-map}
19129
19130 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19131 ==============================================
19132
19133 octave-auto-indent
19134 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19135 Default is nil.
19136
19137 octave-auto-newline
19138 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19139 Default is nil.
19140
19141 octave-blink-matching-block
19142 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19143 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19144
19145 octave-block-offset
19146 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19147 Default is 2.
19148
19149 octave-continuation-offset
19150 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19151 Default is 4.
19152
19153 octave-continuation-string
19154 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19155 Default is a backslash.
19156
19157 octave-mode-startup-message
19158 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19159 Default is t.
19160
19161 octave-send-echo-input
19162 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19163 command to the inferior Octave process.
19164
19165 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19166 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19167 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19168
19169 octave-send-echo-input
19170 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19171
19172 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19173
19174 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19175 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19176
19177 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19178 (setq auto-mode-alist
19179 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19180
19181 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19182 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19183
19184 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19185 (lambda ()
19186 (abbrev-mode 1)
19187 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19188 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19189 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19190
19191 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19192 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19193 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19194 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19195
19196 \(fn)" t nil)
19197
19198 ;;;***
19199 \f
19200 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19201 ;;;;;; (17578 34778))
19202 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19203
19204 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19205 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19206 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19207
19208 \(fn)" t nil)
19209
19210 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19211 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19212 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19213 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19214 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19215
19216 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19217
19218 \(fn)" t nil)
19219
19220 ;;;***
19221 \f
19222 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19223 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19224 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19225 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-todo-list org-agenda-list
19226 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19227 ;;;;;; (17582 28847))
19228 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19229
19230 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19231 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19232 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19233
19234 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19235 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19236 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19237 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19238 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19239 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19240 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19241 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19242 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19243 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19244
19245 The following commands are available:
19246
19247 \\{org-mode-map}
19248
19249 \(fn)" t nil)
19250
19251 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19252 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19253
19254 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19255 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19256 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19257 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19258 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19259
19260 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19261 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19262 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19263 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19264 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19265 and zoom in further.
19266 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19267
19268 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19269 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19270 is negative, go up that many levels.
19271
19272 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19273 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19274 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19275
19276 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19277 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19278
19279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19280
19281 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19282 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19283
19284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19285
19286 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19287 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19288 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19289 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19290
19291 a Call `org-agenda' to display the agenda for the current day or week.
19292 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19293 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19294 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19295 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19296 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19297 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19298
19299 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19300 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19301 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19302
19303 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19304 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19305 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19306
19307 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19308
19309 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19310 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19311 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19312 will be able to go to other weeks.
19313 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19314 also be shown, under the current date.
19315 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19316 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19317 to turn on logging.
19318 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19319 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19320 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19321
19322 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19323
19324 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19325 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19326 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19327 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19328 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19329 `org-todo-keywords'.
19330
19331 \(fn ARG &optional KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19332
19333 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19334 Return diary information from org-files.
19335 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19336 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19337 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19338 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19339
19340 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19341 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19342 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19343
19344 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19345 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19346 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19347 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19348
19349 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19350 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19351 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19352
19353 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19354 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19355 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19356 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19357
19358 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19359
19360 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19361
19362 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19363 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19364
19365 &%%(org-diary)
19366
19367 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19368 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19369 also be written as
19370
19371 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19372
19373 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19374 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19375 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19376
19377 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19378
19379 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19380 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19381 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19382
19383 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19384
19385 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19386 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19387 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19388 \\[org-insert-link].
19389 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19390 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19391 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19392
19393 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19394
19395 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19396 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19397 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19398 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19399 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19400
19401 \(fn)" nil nil)
19402
19403 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19404 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19405 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19406 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19407
19408 \(fn)" nil nil)
19409
19410 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19411 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19412 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19413 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19414 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19415 file the text at a specific location.
19416 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19417 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19418 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19419
19420 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19421 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19422 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19423 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19424 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19425 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19426 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19427 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19428
19429 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19430 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19431 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19432 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19433
19434 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19435 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19436 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19437
19438 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19439 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19440 \(i.e. after the stars).
19441
19442 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19443
19444 \(fn)" nil nil)
19445
19446 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19447 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19448
19449 \(fn)" nil nil)
19450
19451 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19452 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19453
19454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19455
19456 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19457 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19458 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19459 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19460
19461 \(fn)" t nil)
19462
19463 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19464 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19465 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19466 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19467
19468 \(fn)" t nil)
19469
19470 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19471 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19472 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19473
19474 \(fn)" t nil)
19475
19476 ;;;***
19477 \f
19478 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19479 ;;;;;; (17515 39526))
19480 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19481 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19482
19483 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19484 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19485 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19486 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19487
19488 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19489 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19490 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19491 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19492
19493 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19494 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19495 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19496 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19497 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19498 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19499
19500 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19501 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19502 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19503
19504 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19505 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19506 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19507 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19508 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19509 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19510 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19511 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19512 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19513 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19514 The subheadings remain visible.
19515 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19516
19517 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19518 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19519 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19520
19521 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19522 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19523
19524 \(fn)" t nil)
19525
19526 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19527 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19528 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19529 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19530
19531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19532
19533 ;;;***
19534 \f
19535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17494
19536 ;;;;;; 22070))
19537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19538 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19539 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19540 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19541 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19542 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19543 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19544 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19545 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19546 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19547
19548 ;;;***
19549 \f
19550 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17383 32114))
19551 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19552
19553 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19554 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19555 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19557 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19558
19559 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
19560
19561 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19562 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19563 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19564 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19565
19566 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19567 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19568
19569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19570
19571 ;;;***
19572 \f
19573 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19574 ;;;;;; (17397 61548))
19575 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19576
19577 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19578 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19579 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19580 unknown are returned as nil.
19581
19582 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19583
19584 ;;;***
19585 \f
19586 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17397
19587 ;;;;;; 61571))
19588 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19589
19590 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19591 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19592 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19593
19594 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19595 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19596
19597 Other useful functions are:
19598
19599 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19600 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19601 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19602 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19603 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19604 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19605 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19606 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19607 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19608
19609 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19610
19611 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19612 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19613 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19614 Indentation for case statements.
19615 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19616 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19617 mark after an end.
19618 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19619 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19620 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19621 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19622 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19623 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19624 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19625 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19626 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19627 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19628
19629 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19630 pascal-separator-keywords.
19631
19632 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19633 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19634
19635 \(fn)" t nil)
19636
19637 ;;;***
19638 \f
19639 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19640 ;;;;;; (17383 32143))
19641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19642
19643 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19644 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19645 The keys affected are:
19646 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19647 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19648 M-Backspace does undo.
19649 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19650 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19651 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19652
19653 \(fn)" t nil)
19654
19655 ;;;***
19656 \f
19657 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19658 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17383 32143))
19659 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19660
19661 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19662 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19663 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19664 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19665 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19666
19667 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19668
19669 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19670 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19671
19672 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19673
19674 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19675 which modify the status of the mark.
19676
19677 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19678 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19679
19680 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19681 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19682
19683 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19684 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19685 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19686 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19687 turning PC Selection mode on.
19688
19689 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19690 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19691
19692 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19693 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19694 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19695
19696 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19697 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19698 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19699
19700 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19701 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19702
19703 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19704 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19705 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19706
19707 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19708 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19709 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19710
19711 F6 other-window
19712 DELETE delete-char
19713 C-DELETE kill-line
19714 M-DELETE kill-word
19715 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19716 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19717 M-BACKSPACE undo
19718
19719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19720
19721 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19722 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19723 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19724 and cursor movement commands.
19725 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19726 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19727 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19728
19729 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19730
19731 ;;;***
19732 \f
19733 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17383
19734 ;;;;;; 32114))
19735 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19736
19737 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19738 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19739
19740 \(fn)" nil nil)
19741
19742 ;;;***
19743 \f
19744 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19745 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17383 32115))
19746 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19747
19748 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19749 Completion for `gzip'.
19750
19751 \(fn)" nil nil)
19752
19753 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19754 Completion for `bzip2'.
19755
19756 \(fn)" nil nil)
19757
19758 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19759 Completion for GNU `make'.
19760
19761 \(fn)" nil nil)
19762
19763 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19764 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19765
19766 \(fn)" nil nil)
19767
19768 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19769
19770 ;;;***
19771 \f
19772 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19773 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17383 32115))
19774 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19775
19776 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19777 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19778
19779 \(fn)" nil nil)
19780
19781 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19782 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19783
19784 \(fn)" nil nil)
19785
19786 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19787 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19788
19789 \(fn)" nil nil)
19790
19791 ;;;***
19792 \f
19793 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17383
19794 ;;;;;; 32115))
19795 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19796
19797 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19798 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19799 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19800 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19801 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19802 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19803
19804 \(fn)" nil nil)
19805
19806 ;;;***
19807 \f
19808 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19809 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19810 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17383 32115))
19811 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19812
19813 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19814 Completion for `cd'.
19815
19816 \(fn)" nil nil)
19817
19818 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19819
19820 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19821 Completion for `rmdir'.
19822
19823 \(fn)" nil nil)
19824
19825 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19826 Completion for `rm'.
19827
19828 \(fn)" nil nil)
19829
19830 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19831 Completion for `xargs'.
19832
19833 \(fn)" nil nil)
19834
19835 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19836
19837 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19838 Completion for `which'.
19839
19840 \(fn)" nil nil)
19841
19842 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19843 Completion for the `chown' command.
19844
19845 \(fn)" nil nil)
19846
19847 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19848 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19849
19850 \(fn)" nil nil)
19851
19852 ;;;***
19853 \f
19854 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19855 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19856 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17457
19857 ;;;;;; 37500))
19858 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19859
19860 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19861 Support extensible programmable completion.
19862 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19863 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19864
19865 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19866
19867 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19868 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19869
19870 \(fn)" t nil)
19871
19872 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19873 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19874 This will modify the current buffer.
19875
19876 \(fn)" t nil)
19877
19878 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19879 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19880
19881 \(fn)" t nil)
19882
19883 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19884 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19885 This will modify the current buffer.
19886
19887 \(fn)" t nil)
19888
19889 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19890 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19891
19892 \(fn)" t nil)
19893
19894 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19895 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19896
19897 \(fn)" t nil)
19898
19899 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19900 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19901 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19902 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19903 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19904
19905 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19906
19907 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19908 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19909
19910 \(fn)" nil nil)
19911
19912 ;;;***
19913 \f
19914 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19915 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19916 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17578 34773))
19917 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19918
19919 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19920 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19921 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19922 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19923
19924 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19925
19926 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19927
19928 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19929 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19930 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19931 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19932 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19933 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19934 FLAGS is ignored.
19935
19936 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19937
19938 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19939 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19940 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19941 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19942 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19943 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19944 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19945 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19946
19947 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19948
19949 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19950 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19951 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19952 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19953 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19954 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19955 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19956 passed to cvs.
19957
19958 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19959
19960 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19961 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19962 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19963 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19964 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19965 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19966 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19967
19968 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19969
19970 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19971
19972 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19973 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19974 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19975
19976 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
19977
19978 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19979 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19980 nil means never do it.
19981 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19982 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19983 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19984
19985 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
19986
19987 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19988 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19989 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19990
19991 ;;;***
19992 \f
19993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17582 32791))
19994 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
19995
19996 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
19997
19998 ;;;***
19999 \f
20000 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20001 ;;;;;; (17498 30499))
20002 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20003
20004 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20005 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20006 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20007 Tab indents for Perl code.
20008 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20009 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20010 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20011 \\{perl-mode-map}
20012 Variables controlling indentation style:
20013 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20014 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20015 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20016 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20017 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20018 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20019 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20020 `perl-nochange'
20021 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20022 `perl-indent-level'
20023 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20024 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20025 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20026 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20027 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20028 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20029 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20030 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20031 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20032 `perl-brace-offset'
20033 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20034 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20035 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20036 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20037 `perl-label-offset'
20038 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20039 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20040 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20041
20042 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20043 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20044 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20045 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20046 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20047 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20048 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20049
20050 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20051
20052 \(fn)" t nil)
20053
20054 ;;;***
20055 \f
20056 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20057 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20058 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20059 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17383 32117))
20060 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20061
20062 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20063 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20064
20065 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20066
20067 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20068 passphrase cache or user.
20069
20070 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20071
20072 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20073 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20074
20075 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20076 cache or user.
20077
20078 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20079
20080 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20081 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20082
20083 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20084 the region.
20085
20086 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20087 passphrase cache or user.
20088
20089 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20090
20091 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20092 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20093
20094 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20095
20096 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20097 the region.
20098
20099 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20100 passphrase cache or user.
20101
20102 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20103
20104 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20105 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20106
20107 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20108 passphrase cache or user.
20109
20110 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20111
20112 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20113 Decrypt the current buffer.
20114
20115 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20116 the region.
20117
20118 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20119 passphrase cache or user.
20120
20121 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20122
20123 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20124 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20125
20126 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20127 a detached signature.
20128
20129 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20130 and the the output is displayed.
20131
20132 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20133 passphrase cache or user.
20134
20135 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20136
20137 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20138 Sign the current buffer.
20139
20140 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20141 detached signature.
20142
20143 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20144 within the region.
20145
20146 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20147 and the the output is displayed.
20148
20149 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20150 passphrase cache or user.
20151
20152 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20153
20154 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20155 Verify the current region between START and END.
20156 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20157 the detached signature of the current region.
20158
20159 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20160 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20161
20162 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20163
20164 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20165 Verify the current buffer.
20166 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20167 the detached signature of the current region.
20168 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20169 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20170 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20171 within the region.
20172
20173 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20174
20175 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20176 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20177
20178 \(fn)" t nil)
20179
20180 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20181 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20182
20183 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20184
20185 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20186 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20187
20188 \(fn)" t nil)
20189
20190 ;;;***
20191 \f
20192 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20193 ;;;;;; (17466 42707))
20194 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20195
20196 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20197 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20198
20199 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20200
20201 ;;;***
20202 \f
20203 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20204 ;;;;;; (17466 42716))
20205 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20206
20207 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20208 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20209 \\<picture-mode-map>
20210 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20211 afterwards settable by these commands:
20212
20213 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20214 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20215 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20216 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20217
20218 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20219 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20220 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20221 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20222
20223 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20224 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20225 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20226 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20227
20228 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20229 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20230 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20231 with these commands:
20232
20233 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20234 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20235 Move to column following last
20236 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20237 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20238 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20239 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20240 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20241 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20242
20243 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20244
20245 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20246 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20247 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20248 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20249 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20250 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20251
20252 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20253 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20254 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20255 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20256 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20257 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20258 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20259
20260 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20261 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20262 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20263 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20264 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20265 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20266 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20267 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20268
20269 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20270 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20271 by supplying an argument.
20272
20273 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20274
20275 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20276 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20277
20278 \(fn)" t nil)
20279
20280 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20281
20282 ;;;***
20283 \f
20284 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20285 ;;;;;; (17578 34780))
20286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20287
20288 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20289 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20290 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20291
20292 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20293
20294 ;;;***
20295 \f
20296 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17578 34778))
20297 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20298
20299 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20300 Play pong and waste time.
20301 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20302 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20303
20304 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20305
20306 \\{pong-mode-map}
20307
20308 \(fn)" t nil)
20309
20310 ;;;***
20311 \f
20312 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20313 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17383 32140))
20314 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20315
20316 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20317 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20318 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20319 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20320
20321 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20322
20323 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20324 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20325
20326 \(fn)" nil nil)
20327
20328 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20329 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20330 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20331 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20332 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20333
20334 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20335
20336 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20337 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
20338 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
20339 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
20340 in the variable `values'.
20341
20342 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20343
20344 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20345 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20346 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20347 Ignores leading comment characters.
20348
20349 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20350
20351 ;;;***
20352 \f
20353 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20354 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20355 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20356 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20357 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20358 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20359 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20360 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20361 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20362 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20363 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20364 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20365 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20366 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20367 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20368 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20369 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20370 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20371 ;;;;;; (17383 32117))
20372 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20373
20374 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20375 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20376
20377 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20378
20379 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20380
20381 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20382
20383 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20384 Preview directory using ghostview.
20385
20386 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20387 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20388 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20389 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20390
20391 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20392 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20393 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20394 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20395 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20396 file name.
20397
20398 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20399
20400 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20401
20402 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20403 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20404
20405 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20406 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20407 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20408 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20409
20410 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20411 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20412 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20413 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20414 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20415 file name.
20416
20417 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20418
20419 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20420
20421 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20422 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20423
20424 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20425 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20426 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20427 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20428
20429 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20430 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20431 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20432 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20433 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20434 file name.
20435
20436 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20437
20438 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20439
20440 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20441 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20442
20443 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20444
20445 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20446 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20447 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20448 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20449
20450 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20451 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20452 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20453 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20454 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20455 file name.
20456
20457 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20458
20459 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20460
20461 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20462 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20463
20464 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20465 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20466 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20467
20468 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20469 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20470 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20471 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20472
20473 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20474
20475 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20476 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20477
20478 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20479 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20480 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20481
20482 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20483 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20484 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20485 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20486
20487 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20488
20489 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20490 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20491
20492 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20493 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20494 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20495
20496 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20497 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20498 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20499 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20500
20501 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20502
20503 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20504 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20505
20506 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20507
20508 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20509 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20510 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20511
20512 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20513 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20514 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20515 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20516
20517 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20518
20519 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20520 Preview region using ghostview.
20521
20522 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20523
20524 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20525
20526 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20527 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20528
20529 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20530
20531 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20532
20533 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20534 Print region using PostScript printer.
20535
20536 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20537
20538 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20539
20540 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20541 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20542
20543 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20544
20545 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20546
20547 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20548 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20549
20550 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20551
20552 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20553
20554 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20555 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20556
20557 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20558
20559 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20560
20561 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20562 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20563
20564 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20565
20566 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20567
20568 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20569 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20570
20571 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20572
20573 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20574
20575 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20576 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20577 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20578 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20579
20580 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20581 matching.
20582
20583 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20584 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20585
20586 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20587
20588 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20589
20590 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20591 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20592 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20593 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20594
20595 \(fn)" t nil)
20596
20597 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20598 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20599 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20600 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20601
20602 \(fn)" t nil)
20603
20604 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20605 Print directory using text printer.
20606
20607 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20608 matching.
20609
20610 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20611 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20612
20613 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20614
20615 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20616
20617 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20618 Print buffer using text printer.
20619
20620 \(fn)" t nil)
20621
20622 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20623 Print region using text printer.
20624
20625 \(fn)" t nil)
20626
20627 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20628 Print major mode using text printer.
20629
20630 \(fn)" t nil)
20631
20632 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20633 Preview spooled PostScript.
20634
20635 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20636 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20637 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20638
20639 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20640 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20641 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20642
20643 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20644
20645 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20646 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20647
20648 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20649 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20650 instead of sending it to the printer.
20651
20652 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20653 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20654 image in a file with that name.
20655
20656 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20657
20658 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20659 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20660
20661 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20662 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20663 instead of sending it to the printer.
20664
20665 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20666 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20667 image in a file with that name.
20668
20669 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20670
20671 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20672 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20673
20674 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20675 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20676 instead of sending it to the printer.
20677
20678 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20679 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20680 image in a file with that name.
20681
20682 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20683
20684 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20685 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20686
20687 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20688
20689 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20690 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20691
20692 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20693
20694 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20695 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20696
20697 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20698
20699 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20700 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20701
20702 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20703
20704 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20705 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20706
20707 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20708
20709 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20710 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20711
20712 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20713 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20714 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20715 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20716
20717 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20718 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20719 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20720 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20721 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20722 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20723 file name.
20724
20725 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20726
20727 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20728 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20729
20730 \(fn)" t nil)
20731
20732 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20733 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20734
20735 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20736 right.
20737 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20738 bottom.
20739
20740 \(fn)" t nil)
20741
20742 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20743 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20744
20745 \(fn)" t nil)
20746
20747 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20748 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20749
20750 \(fn)" t nil)
20751
20752 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20753 Toggle printing with faces.
20754
20755 \(fn)" t nil)
20756
20757 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20758 Toggle spooling.
20759
20760 \(fn)" t nil)
20761
20762 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20763 Toggle duplex.
20764
20765 \(fn)" t nil)
20766
20767 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20768 Toggle tumble.
20769
20770 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20771 right.
20772 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20773 bottom.
20774
20775 \(fn)" t nil)
20776
20777 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20778 Toggle landscape.
20779
20780 \(fn)" t nil)
20781
20782 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20783 Toggle upside-down.
20784
20785 \(fn)" t nil)
20786
20787 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20788 Toggle line number.
20789
20790 \(fn)" t nil)
20791
20792 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20793 Toggle zebra stripes.
20794
20795 \(fn)" t nil)
20796
20797 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20798 Toggle printing header.
20799
20800 \(fn)" t nil)
20801
20802 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20803 Toggle printing header frame.
20804
20805 \(fn)" t nil)
20806
20807 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20808 Toggle menu lock.
20809
20810 \(fn)" t nil)
20811
20812 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20813 Toggle auto region.
20814
20815 \(fn)" t nil)
20816
20817 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20818 Toggle auto mode.
20819
20820 \(fn)" t nil)
20821
20822 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20823 Customization of the `printing' group.
20824
20825 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20826
20827 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20828 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20829
20830 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20831
20832 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20833 Help for the printing package.
20834
20835 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20836
20837 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20838 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20839
20840 \(fn)" t nil)
20841
20842 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20843 Interactively select a text printer.
20844
20845 \(fn)" t nil)
20846
20847 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20848 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20849
20850 \(fn)" t nil)
20851
20852 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20853 Show current ps-print settings.
20854
20855 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20856
20857 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20858 Show current printing settings.
20859
20860 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20861
20862 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20863 Show current lpr settings.
20864
20865 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20866
20867 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20868 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20869
20870 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20871 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20872 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20873 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20874
20875
20876 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20877
20878 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20879 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20880 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20881
20882 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20883 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20884 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20885 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20886 current active printer.
20887
20888 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20889 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20890 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20891 printer.
20892
20893 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20894 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20895 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20896 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20897 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20898
20899
20900 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20901 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20902
20903 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20904
20905 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20906 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20907 be done using the new current active printer.
20908
20909 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20910 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20911 printer.
20912
20913 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20914 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20915 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20916 instead of sending it to the printer.
20917
20918 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20919 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20920 printer.
20921
20922 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20923
20924
20925 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20926 are both set to t.
20927
20928 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20929
20930 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20931 Fast fire function for text printing.
20932
20933 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20934 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20935 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20936 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20937
20938 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20939 user for a new active text printer.
20940
20941 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20942
20943 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20944
20945 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20946 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20947 printer.
20948
20949 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20950
20951 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20952 are both set to t.
20953
20954 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20955
20956 ;;;***
20957 \f
20958 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20959 ;;;;;; (17397 61571))
20960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20961
20962 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20963 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20964 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20965 Commands:
20966 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20967 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20968 if that value is non-nil.
20969
20970 \(fn)" t nil)
20971
20972 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
20973 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20974
20975 \(fn)" t nil)
20976
20977 ;;;***
20978 \f
20979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17383 32117))
20980 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20981
20982 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20983 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20984 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20985
20986 ;;;***
20987 \f
20988 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17397
20989 ;;;;;; 61571))
20990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20991
20992 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20993 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
20994
20995 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
20996
20997 The following variables hold user options, and can
20998 be set through the `customize' command:
20999
21000 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21001 `ps-mode-tab'
21002 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21003 `ps-mode-print-function'
21004 `ps-run-prompt'
21005 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21006 `ps-run-x'
21007 `ps-run-dumb'
21008 `ps-run-init'
21009 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21010 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21011
21012 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21013
21014
21015 \\{ps-mode-map}
21016
21017
21018 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21019 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21020 The keymap for this second window is:
21021
21022 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21023
21024
21025 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21026 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21027 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21028 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21029 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21030
21031 \(fn)" t nil)
21032
21033 ;;;***
21034 \f
21035 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21036 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21037 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21038 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17383 32117))
21039 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21040
21041 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21042 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21043
21044 Valid values are:
21045
21046 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21047 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21048 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21049 changed by setting the variable
21050 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21051 The initial value of this variable is
21052 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21053 documentation).
21054
21055 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21056 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21057 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21058 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21059 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21060 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21061 test it.
21062
21063 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21064 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21065 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21066 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21067 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21068 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21069 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21070 use this value, be sure to have installed
21071 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21072 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21073 documentation of this variable).
21074
21075 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21076 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21077 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21078 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21079 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21080 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21081
21082 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21083
21084 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
21085
21086 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21087 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21088 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21089
21090 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21091
21092 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21093 Not documented
21094
21095 \(fn)" nil nil)
21096
21097 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21098 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21099
21100 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21101
21102 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21103
21104 Returns the value:
21105
21106 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21107
21108 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21109 the sequence.
21110
21111 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21112
21113 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21114 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21115
21116 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21117 composition.
21118
21119 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21120
21121 Returns the value:
21122
21123 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21124
21125 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21126 the sequence.
21127
21128 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21129
21130 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21131 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21132
21133 \(fn)" nil nil)
21134
21135 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21136 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21137 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21138
21139 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21140
21141 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21142 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21143 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21144
21145 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21146
21147 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21148 Not documented
21149
21150 \(fn)" nil nil)
21151
21152 ;;;***
21153 \f
21154 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21155 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21156 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21157 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21158 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21159 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17383
21160 ;;;;;; 32118))
21161 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21162
21163 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21164 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21165 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21166
21167 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
21168
21169 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21170 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21171 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21172 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21173
21174 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
21175
21176 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21177 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21178
21179 Valid values are:
21180
21181 nil Do not print colors.
21182
21183 t Print colors.
21184
21185 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21186 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21187
21188 Any other value is treated as t.")
21189
21190 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
21191
21192 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21193 Customization of ps-print group.
21194
21195 \(fn)" t nil)
21196
21197 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21198 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21199
21200 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21201 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21202 sending it to the printer.
21203
21204 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21205 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21206 image in a file with that name.
21207
21208 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21209
21210 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21211 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21212 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21213 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21214 so it has a way to determine color values.
21215
21216 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21217
21218 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21219 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21220 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21221
21222 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21223
21224 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21225 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21226 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21227 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21228 so it has a way to determine color values.
21229
21230 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21231
21232 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21233 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21234 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21235 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21236
21237 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21238
21239 \(fn)" t nil)
21240
21241 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21242 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21243 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21244 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21245 so it has a way to determine color values.
21246
21247 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21248
21249 \(fn)" t nil)
21250
21251 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21252 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21253 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21254
21255 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21256
21257 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21258
21259 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21260 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21261 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21262 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21263 so it has a way to determine color values.
21264
21265 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21266
21267 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21270 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21271
21272 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21273 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21274 instead of sending it to the printer.
21275
21276 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21277 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21278 image in a file with that name.
21279
21280 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21281
21282 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21283 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21284 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21285 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21286 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21287
21288 \(fn)" t nil)
21289
21290 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21291 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21292 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21293
21294 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21295
21296 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21297 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21298 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21299
21300 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21301
21302 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21303 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21304
21305 \(fn)" nil nil)
21306
21307 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21308 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21309
21310 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21311 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21312
21313 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21314 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21315
21316 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21317
21318 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21319
21320 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21321
21322 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21323 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21324
21325 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21326 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21327
21328 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21329 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21330
21331 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21332
21333 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21334
21335 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21336
21337 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21338 foreground and background colors respectively.
21339
21340 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21341 bold - use bold font.
21342 italic - use italic font.
21343 underline - put a line under text.
21344 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21345 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21346 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21347 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21348 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21349
21350 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21351
21352 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21353
21354 ;;;***
21355 \f
21356 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21357 ;;;;;; (17487 53546))
21358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21359
21360 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21361
21362 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21363
21364 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21365
21366 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21367 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21368 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21369 buffer automatically.
21370 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
21371 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
21372 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
21373 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
21374 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
21375 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
21376
21377 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
21378
21379 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21380 Major mode for editing Python files.
21381 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
21382 parsing of the source.
21383 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21384 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21385 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21386
21387 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21388 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21389 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21390 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21391 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21392 \\<python-mode-map>
21393 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21394 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21395 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21396 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21397 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21398 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21399
21400 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
21401 effect outside them.
21402
21403 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21404 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21405 lines count as headers.
21406
21407 \\{python-mode-map}
21408
21409 \(fn)" t nil)
21410
21411 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21412 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21413 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21414 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21415
21416 \(fn)" t nil)
21417
21418 ;;;***
21419 \f
21420 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21421 ;;;;;; (17420 36085))
21422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21423
21424 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21425 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21426 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21427 coding-system.
21428
21429 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21430 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21431
21432 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21433 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21434 them into characters should be done separately.
21435
21436 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21437
21438 ;;;***
21439 \f
21440 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21441 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21442 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21443 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21444 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17304 24770))
21445 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21446
21447 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21448 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21449
21450 \(fn)" nil nil)
21451
21452 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21453 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21454 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21455
21456 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21457 `quail-activate', which see.
21458
21459 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21460
21461 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21462 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21463 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21464 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21465 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21466 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21467 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21468
21469 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21470 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21471 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21472 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21473 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21474 shown.
21475 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21476
21477 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21478 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21479 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21480 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21481 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21482 list of candidates.
21483
21484 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21485 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21486 command to be called.
21487
21488 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21489 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21490 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21491 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21492
21493 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21494 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21495 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21496 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21497 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21498 to t.
21499
21500 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21501 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21502 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21503 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21504
21505 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21506 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21507 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21508 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21509
21510 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21511 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21512 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21513 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21514 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21515 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21516
21517 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21518 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21519 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21520 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21521 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21522 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21523
21524 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21525 covers Quail translation region.
21526
21527 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21528 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21529 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21530 for it) is inserted.
21531
21532 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21533 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21534 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21535
21536 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21537 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21538 non-Quail commands.
21539
21540 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21541
21542 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21543 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21544
21545 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21546 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21547 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21548 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21549 you type is correctly handled.
21550
21551 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21552
21553 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21554 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21555
21556 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21557 keyboard type.
21558
21559 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21560
21561 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21562 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21563 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21564 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21565 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21566 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21567 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21568 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21569 for the translation.
21570 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21571
21572 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21573 it is used to handle KEY.
21574
21575 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21576 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21577 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21578 the following annotation types are supported.
21579
21580 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21581 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21582
21583 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21584 candidate list.
21585
21586 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21587 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21588 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21589 inserted.
21590
21591 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21592 generated for the following translations.
21593
21594 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21595
21596 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21597 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21598
21599 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21600 which to install MAP.
21601
21602 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21603
21604 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21605
21606 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21607 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21608
21609 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21610 which to install MAP.
21611
21612 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21613
21614 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21615
21616 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21617 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21618 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21619 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21620 a function, or a cons.
21621 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21622 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21623 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21624 for the translation.
21625 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21626 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21627 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21628 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21629 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21630
21631 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21632 it is used to handle KEY.
21633
21634 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21635 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21636 current Quail package.
21637
21638 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21639 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21640
21641 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21642
21643 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21644 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21645
21646 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21647 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21648
21649 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21650
21651 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21652 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21653
21654 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21655
21656 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21657 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21658 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21659 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21660 of the Emacs source tree.
21661
21662 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21663 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21664
21665 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21666 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21667 of each directory.
21668
21669 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21670
21671 ;;;***
21672 \f
21673 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21674 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21675 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17383
21676 ;;;;;; 32176))
21677 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21678
21679 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21680 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21681 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21682 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21683
21684 To make use of this do something like:
21685
21686 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21687
21688 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21689
21690 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21691 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21692
21693 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21694 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21695 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21696
21697 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21698
21699 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21700 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21701
21702 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21703
21704 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21705 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21706
21707 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21708 is decided.
21709
21710 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21711
21712 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21713 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21714
21715 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21716 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21717 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21718
21719 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21720
21721 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21722 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21723
21724 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21725
21726 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21727 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21728
21729 \(fn)" t nil)
21730
21731 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21732 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21733
21734 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21735
21736 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21737
21738 \(fn)" t nil)
21739
21740 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21741 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21742
21743 \(fn)" t nil)
21744
21745 ;;;***
21746 \f
21747 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21748 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17578 34778))
21749 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21750
21751 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21752 Connect to IRC.
21753 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21754
21755 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21756
21757 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21758
21759 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21760 Not documented
21761
21762 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21763
21764 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21765 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21766 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21768 use either \\[customize] or the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21769
21770 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc")
21771
21772 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21773 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21774
21775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21776
21777 ;;;***
21778 \f
21779 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17578
21780 ;;;;;; 34778))
21781 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21782
21783 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21784 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21785 See \\[compile].
21786
21787 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21788
21789 ;;;***
21790 \f
21791 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21792 ;;;;;; (17503 24307))
21793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21794
21795 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21796
21797 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21798 Construct a regexp interactively.
21799
21800 \(fn)" t nil)
21801
21802 ;;;***
21803 \f
21804 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17457 37500))
21805 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21806
21807 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21808 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21809 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21810 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21811 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
21812
21813 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
21814
21815 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21816 Toggle recentf mode.
21817 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21818 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21819
21820 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21821 that were operated on recently.
21822
21823 \\{recentf-mode-map}
21824
21825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21826
21827 ;;;***
21828 \f
21829 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21830 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21831 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21832 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17466
21833 ;;;;;; 42707))
21834 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21835
21836 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21837 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21838 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21839 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21840
21841 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21842
21843 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21844
21845 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21846 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21847 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21848 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21849 ends.
21850
21851 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21852 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21853 to be deleted.
21854
21855 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21856
21857 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21858 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21859 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21860
21861 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21862 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21863 deleted.
21864
21865 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21866
21867 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21868 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21869 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21870
21871 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21872
21873 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21874 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21875
21876 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21877 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21878
21879 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21880 deleted.
21881
21882 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
21883 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
21884 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
21885 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
21886 even beep.)
21887
21888 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21889
21890 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21891 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21892
21893 \(fn)" t nil)
21894
21895 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21896 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21897 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21898 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21899 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21900 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21901 and point is at the lower right corner.
21902
21903 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21904
21905 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21906 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21907
21908 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21909 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21910
21911 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21912 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21913 on the right side of the rectangle.
21914
21915 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21916
21917 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21918
21919 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21920 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21921 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21922 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21923 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21924
21925 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21926 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21927
21928 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21929
21930 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21931 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21932 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21933
21934 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21935
21936 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21937
21938 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21939
21940 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21941 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21942
21943 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21944 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21945 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21946
21947 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21948
21949 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21950 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21951 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21952
21953 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21954 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21955 rectangle which were empty.
21956
21957 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21958
21959 ;;;***
21960 \f
21961 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17383
21962 ;;;;;; 32188))
21963 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21964
21965 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21966 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21967 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21968
21969 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21970 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21971 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21972
21973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21974
21975 ;;;***
21976 \f
21977 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21978 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17404 53188))
21979 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21980
21981 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21982 Turn on RefTeX mode.
21983
21984 \(fn)" nil nil)
21985
21986 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
21987 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
21988
21989 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
21990 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
21991
21992 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
21993 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
21994 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
21995 \\ref macro.
21996
21997 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
21998 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
21999 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22000
22001 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22002 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22003 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22004
22005 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22006 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22007
22008 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22009 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22010
22011 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22012 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22013 on the menu bar.
22014
22015 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22016
22017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22018
22019 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22020 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22021 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22022
22023 \(fn)" nil nil)
22024
22025 ;;;***
22026 \f
22027 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22028 ;;;;;; (17404 53187))
22029 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22030
22031 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22032 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22033 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22034 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22035 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22036 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22037
22038 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22039
22040 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22041
22042 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22043 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22044 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22045 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22046 `reftex-cite-format'.
22047
22048 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22049 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22050 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22051 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22052
22053 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22054
22055 ;;;***
22056 \f
22057 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22058 ;;;;;; (17404 53187))
22059 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22060
22061 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22062 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22063 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22064 the current TeX document.
22065
22066 With no argument, this command toggles
22067 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22068 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22069
22070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22071
22072 ;;;***
22073 \f
22074 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22075 ;;;;;; (17420 36092))
22076 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22077
22078 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22079 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22080 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22081
22082 To insert new phrases, use
22083 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22084 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22085
22086 To index phrases use one of:
22087
22088 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22089 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22090 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22091 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22092 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22093
22094 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22095 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22096
22097 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22098
22099 Here are all local bindings.
22100
22101 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22102
22103 \(fn)" t nil)
22104
22105 ;;;***
22106 \f
22107 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22108 ;;;;;; (17404 53187))
22109 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22110
22111 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22112 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22113 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22114 of master file.
22115
22116 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22117
22118 ;;;***
22119 \f
22120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17494
22121 ;;;;;; 22070))
22122 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22123 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22124 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22125 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22126 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22127
22128 ;;;***
22129 \f
22130 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22131 ;;;;;; (17383 32141))
22132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22133
22134 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22135 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
22136 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22137 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22138 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22139 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22140
22141 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22142 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22143
22144 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22145 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22146
22147 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22148
22149 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22150 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22151 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22152 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22153
22154 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22155
22156 ;;;***
22157 \f
22158 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17383 32118))
22159 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22160
22161 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22162 Repeat most recently executed command.
22163 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22164 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22165 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22166
22167 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22168 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22169 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22170
22171 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22172
22173 ;;;***
22174 \f
22175 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22176 ;;;;;; (17383 32169))
22177 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22178
22179 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22180 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22181
22182 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22183 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22184 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22185 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22186 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22187 and point is left after the salutation.
22188
22189 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22190 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22191 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22192 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22193 left after that text.
22194
22195 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22196 is non-nil.
22197
22198 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22199 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22200 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22201 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22202
22203 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22204
22205 ;;;***
22206 \f
22207 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22208 ;;;;;; (17383 32119))
22209 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22210
22211 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22212 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22213 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22214 visibility of comments that precede it.
22215 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22216 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22217 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22218 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22219 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22220 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22221 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22222 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22223 the comment lines.
22224 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22225 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22226 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22227 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22228 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22229
22230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22231 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22232
22233 ;;;***
22234 \f
22235 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17383
22236 ;;;;;; 32119))
22237 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22238
22239 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22240 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22241
22242 \(fn)" nil nil)
22243
22244 ;;;***
22245 \f
22246 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22247 ;;;;;; (17494 22060))
22248 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22249
22250 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22251 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22252 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22253
22254 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22255 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22256 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22257
22258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22259
22260 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22261 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22262 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22264 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22265
22266 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
22267
22268 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22269 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22270 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22271
22272 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22273 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22274 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22275
22276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22277
22278 ;;;***
22279 \f
22280 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22281 ;;;;;; (17383 32141))
22282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22283
22284 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22285 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22286
22287 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22288
22289 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22290 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22291
22292 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22293
22294 ;;;***
22295 \f
22296 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17383 32177))
22297 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22298 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22299
22300 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22301 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22302 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22303 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22304
22305 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22306
22307 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22308 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22309 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22310 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22311
22312 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22313 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22314
22315 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22316 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22317
22318 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22319 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22320 INPUT-ARGS.
22321
22322 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22323 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22324 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22325 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22326 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22327
22328 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22329 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22330 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22331 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22332
22333 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22334 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22335 variable.
22336
22337 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22338
22339 ;;;***
22340 \f
22341 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22342 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22343 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22344 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22345 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22346 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22347 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17521
22348 ;;;;;; 64538))
22349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22350
22351 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22352 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22353 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22354
22355 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22356
22357 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22358 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22359 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22360 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22361
22362 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
22363
22364 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22365 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22366 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22367 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22368 value is the user's email address and name.)
22369 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22370
22371 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22372 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22373 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22374 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22375 which normally happens once for each message,
22376 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22377 To make a change in this variable take effect
22378 for a message that you have already viewed,
22379 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22380
22381 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22382
22383 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22384 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22385 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22386 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22387
22388 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
22389
22390 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22391 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22392
22393 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22394
22395 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22396 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22397 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22398 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22399
22400 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
22401
22402 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22403 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22404
22405 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
22406
22407 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22408 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22409
22410 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
22411
22412 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22413 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22414 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22415 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22416 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22417
22418 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
22419
22420 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22421 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22422 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22423 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22424
22425 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
22426
22427 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22428 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22429
22430 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
22431
22432 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22433 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22434
22435 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
22436
22437 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22438 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22439
22440 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
22441
22442 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22443 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22444
22445 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22446 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22447
22448 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22449 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22450
22451 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
22452
22453 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22454 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22455
22456 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22457 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22458 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22459 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22460
22461 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22462 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22463
22464 This is set to nil by default.")
22465
22466 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22467 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22468 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22469 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22470 until a user explicitly requires it.
22471
22472 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22473 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22474 in your session.")
22475
22476 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
22477
22478 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22479 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22480 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22481 It is called with no argument.")
22482
22483 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22484 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22485 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22486 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22487 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22488 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22489 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22490
22491 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22492 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22493 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22494 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22495 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22496 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22497
22498 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22499 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22500 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22501 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22502 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22503
22504 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22505 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22506 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22507 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22508 MSG is the message number,
22509 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22510 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22511
22512 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22513 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22514 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22515 this feature is required with `require'.
22516
22517 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22518 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22519
22520 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22521 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22522 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22523 the message is decoded as normal way.
22524
22525 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22526 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22527 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22528
22529 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22530 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22531 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22532
22533 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22534 Read and edit incoming mail.
22535 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22536 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22537 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22538
22539 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22540 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22541 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22542 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22543
22544 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22545
22546 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22547
22548 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22549 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22550 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22551 Instead, these commands are available:
22552
22553 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22554 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22555 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22556 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22557 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22558 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22559 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22560 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22561 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22562 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22563 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22564 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22565 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22566 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22567 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22568 till a deleted message is found.
22569 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22570 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22571 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22572 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22573 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22574 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22575 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22576 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22577 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22578 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22579 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22580 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22581 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22582 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22583 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22584 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22585 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22586 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22587 (label defaults to last one specified).
22588 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22589 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22590 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22591 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22592 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22593 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22594 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22595 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22596 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22597
22598 \(fn)" t nil)
22599
22600 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22601 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22602
22603 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22604
22605 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22606 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22607
22608 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22609
22610 ;;;***
22611 \f
22612 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22613 ;;;;;; (17383 32170))
22614 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22615
22616 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22617 Edit the contents of this message.
22618
22619 \(fn)" t nil)
22620
22621 ;;;***
22622 \f
22623 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22624 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22625 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17383 32170))
22626 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22627
22628 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22629 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22630 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22631
22632 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22633
22634 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22635 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22636 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22637
22638 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22639
22640 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22641 Not documented
22642
22643 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22644
22645 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22646 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22647 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22648 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22649 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22650
22651 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22652
22653 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22654 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22655 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22656 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22657 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22658
22659 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22660
22661 ;;;***
22662 \f
22663 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22664 ;;;;;; (17383 32170))
22665 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22666
22667 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22668 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22669 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22670 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22671
22672 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22673
22674 ;;;***
22675 \f
22676 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22677 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22678 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17383 32170))
22679 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22680
22681 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22682 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22683 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22684 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22685 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22686 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22687 a file name as a string.")
22688
22689 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
22690
22691 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22692 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22693 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22694 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22695 buffer visiting that file.
22696 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22697 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22698
22699 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22700 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22701
22702 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22703 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22704
22705 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22706 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22707
22708 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22709
22710 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22711 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22712
22713 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
22714
22715 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22716 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22717 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22718 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22719 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22720
22721 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22722 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22723 will be appended with their original headers.
22724
22725 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22726 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22727
22728 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22729 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22730
22731 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22732
22733 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22734
22735 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22736 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22737 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22738
22739 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22740
22741 ;;;***
22742 \f
22743 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22744 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22745 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17383
22746 ;;;;;; 32170))
22747 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22748
22749 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22750 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22751 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22752
22753 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22754
22755 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22756 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22757 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22758
22759 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22760
22761 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22762 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22763 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22764
22765 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22766
22767 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22768 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22769 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22770
22771 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22772
22773 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22774 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22775 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22776
22777 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22778
22779 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22780 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22781 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22782
22783 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22784
22785 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22786 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22787 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22788 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22789
22790 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22791
22792 ;;;***
22793 \f
22794 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22795 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22796 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22797 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22798 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17432 37362))
22799 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22800
22801 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22802 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22803
22804 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
22805
22806 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22807 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22808
22809 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
22810
22811 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22812 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22813
22814 \(fn)" t nil)
22815
22816 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22817 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22818 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22819
22820 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22821
22822 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22823 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22824 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22825 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22826 only look in the To and From fields.
22827 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22828
22829 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22830
22831 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22832 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22833 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22834 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22835 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22836
22837 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22838
22839 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22840 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22841 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22842 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22843 look in the whole message.
22844 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22845
22846 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22847
22848 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22849 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22850 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22851
22852 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22853
22854 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22855 *Function to decode summary-line.
22856
22857 By default, `identity' is set.")
22858
22859 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
22860
22861 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22862 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22863 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22864 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22865 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22866 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22867 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22868
22869 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22870 sent by you under different user names.
22871 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22872
22873 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22874
22875 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
22876
22877 ;;;***
22878 \f
22879 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
22880 ;;;;;; (17383 32180))
22881 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
22882
22883 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
22884 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
22885 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
22886 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
22887
22888 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
22889
22890 ;;;***
22891 \f
22892 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22893 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17383 32119))
22894 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22895
22896 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22897 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22898
22899 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22900
22901 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22902 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22903
22904 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22905
22906 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22907 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22908
22909 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22910
22911 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22912 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22913 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22914
22915 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22916 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22917 in rot 13.
22918
22919 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22920
22921 \(fn)" t nil)
22922
22923 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22924 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22925
22926 \(fn)" t nil)
22927
22928 ;;;***
22929 \f
22930 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
22931 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
22932 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
22933 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
22934 ;;;;;; (17383 32180))
22935 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
22936
22937 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
22938 *This variable is obsolete.")
22939
22940 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
22941
22942 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
22943 *This variable is obsolete.")
22944
22945 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22946
22947 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
22948 *This variable is obsolete.")
22949
22950 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22951
22952 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
22953 *This variable is obsolete.")
22954
22955 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
22956
22957 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
22958 *This variable is obsolete.")
22959
22960 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22961
22962 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
22963 *This variable is obsolete.")
22964
22965 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22966
22967 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
22968 This function is obsolete.
22969
22970 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22971
22972 ;;;***
22973 \f
22974 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17383
22975 ;;;;;; 32119))
22976 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22977
22978 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22979 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22980
22981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22982
22983 ;;;***
22984 \f
22985 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17420
22986 ;;;;;; 36082))
22987 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22988
22989 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22990 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22991 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22992 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22993
22994 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22995
22996 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22997 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22998 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22999 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23000
23001 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23002 notation.
23003
23004 STRING
23005 matches string STRING literally.
23006
23007 CHAR
23008 matches character CHAR literally.
23009
23010 `not-newline', `nonl'
23011 matches any character except a newline.
23012 .
23013 `anything'
23014 matches any character
23015
23016 `(any SET ...)'
23017 `(in SET ...)'
23018 `(char SET ...)'
23019 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23020 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23021 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23022
23023 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23024 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23025 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23026 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23027
23028 `(not (any SET ...))'
23029 matches any character not in SET ...
23030
23031 `line-start', `bol'
23032 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23033 in the text being matched
23034
23035 `line-end', `eol'
23036 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23037
23038 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23039 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23040 string being matched against.
23041
23042 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23043 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23044 string being matched against.
23045
23046 `buffer-start'
23047 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23048 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23049
23050 `buffer-end'
23051 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23052 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23053
23054 `point'
23055 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23056
23057 `word-start', `bow'
23058 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23059 word.
23060
23061 `word-end', `eow'
23062 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23063
23064 `word-boundary'
23065 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23066 word.
23067
23068 `(not word-boundary)'
23069 `not-word-boundary'
23070 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23071 word.
23072
23073 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23074 matches 0 through 9.
23075
23076 `control', `cntrl'
23077 matches ASCII control characters.
23078
23079 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23080 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23081
23082 `blank'
23083 matches space and tab only.
23084
23085 `graphic', `graph'
23086 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23087 space, and DEL.
23088
23089 `printing', `print'
23090 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23091 and DEL.
23092
23093 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23094 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23095 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23096
23097 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23098 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23099 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23100
23101 `ascii'
23102 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23103
23104 `nonascii'
23105 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23106
23107 `lower', `lower-case'
23108 matches anything lower-case.
23109
23110 `upper', `upper-case'
23111 matches anything upper-case.
23112
23113 `punctuation', `punct'
23114 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23115 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23116
23117 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23118 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23119
23120 `word', `wordchar'
23121 matches anything that has word syntax.
23122
23123 `not-wordchar'
23124 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23125
23126 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23127 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23128 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23129 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23130
23131 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23132 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23133 `word' (\\sw)
23134 `symbol' (\\s_)
23135 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23136 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23137 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23138 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23139 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23140 `escape' (\\s\\)
23141 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23142 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23143 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23144 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23145 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23146
23147 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23148 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23149
23150 `(category CATEGORY)'
23151 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23152 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23153
23154 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23155 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23156 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23157 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23158 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23159 `symbol' (\\c5)
23160 `digit' (\\c6)
23161 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23162 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23163 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23164 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23165 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23166 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23167 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23168 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23169 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23170 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23171 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23172 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23173 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23174 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23175 `ascii' (\\ca)
23176 `arabic' (\\cb)
23177 `chinese' (\\cc)
23178 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23179 `greek' (\\cg)
23180 `korean' (\\ch)
23181 `indian' (\\ci)
23182 `japanese' (\\cj)
23183 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23184 `latin' (\\cl)
23185 `lao' (\\co)
23186 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23187 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23188 `thai' (\\ct)
23189 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23190 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23191 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23192 `can-break' (\\c|)
23193
23194 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23195 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23196
23197 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23198 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23199 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23200 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23201 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23202
23203 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23204 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23205 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23206 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23207
23208 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23209 another name for `submatch'.
23210
23211 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23212 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23213 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23214 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23215 regular expression.
23216
23217 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23218 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23219 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23220 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23221 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23222
23223 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23224 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23225
23226 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23227 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23228
23229 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23230 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23231 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23232
23233 `(* SEXP ...)'
23234 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23235 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23236
23237 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23238 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23239 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23240
23241 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23242 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23243 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23244
23245 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23246 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23247
23248 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23249 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23250
23251 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23252 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23253 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23254 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23255
23256 `(? SEXP ...)'
23257 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23258
23259 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23260 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23261
23262 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23263 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23264 matches N occurrences.
23265
23266 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23267 matches N or more occurrences.
23268
23269 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23270 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23271 matches N to M occurrences.
23272
23273 `(backref N)'
23274 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23275
23276 `(backref N)'
23277 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23278
23279 `(backref N)'
23280 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23281
23282 `(eval FORM)'
23283 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23284 `regexp-quote' it.
23285
23286 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23287 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23288
23289 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23290
23291 ;;;***
23292 \f
23293 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23294 ;;;;;; (17457 37500))
23295 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23296
23297 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23298 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23299 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23300 interface.")
23301
23302 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
23303
23304 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23305 Toggle savehist-mode.
23306 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23307 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23308 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23309 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23310
23311 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23312 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23313 which is probably undesirable.
23314
23315 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23316
23317 ;;;***
23318 \f
23319 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23320 ;;;;;; (17397 61572))
23321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23322
23323 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23324 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23325 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23326
23327 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23328 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23329 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23330 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23331 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23332 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23333 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23334 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23335
23336 Commands:
23337 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23338 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23339 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23340 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23341 if that value is non-nil.
23342
23343 \(fn)" t nil)
23344
23345 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23346 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23347 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23348
23349 Commands:
23350 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23351 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23352 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23353 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23354 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23355 that variable's value is a string.
23356
23357 \(fn)" t nil)
23358
23359 ;;;***
23360 \f
23361 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23362 ;;;;;; (17383 32165))
23363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23364
23365 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23366 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23367 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23368
23369 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23370
23371 \(fn)" t nil)
23372
23373 ;;;***
23374 \f
23375 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17383
23376 ;;;;;; 32180))
23377 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23378
23379 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23380 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23381 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23382 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23383
23384 Interesting variables:
23385
23386 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23387 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23388
23389 `scribe-electric-quote'
23390 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23391
23392 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23393 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23394 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23395
23396 \(fn)" t nil)
23397
23398 ;;;***
23399 \f
23400 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23401 ;;;;;; (17383 32120))
23402 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23403
23404 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23405 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23406 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23408 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23409
23410 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
23411
23412 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23413 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23414 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23415 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23416 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23417
23418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23419
23420 ;;;***
23421 \f
23422 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23423 ;;;;;; (17383 32120))
23424 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23425
23426 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23427 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23428 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23429 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23430 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23431 during scrolling.
23432
23433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23434
23435 ;;;***
23436 \f
23437 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23438 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23439 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23440 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23441 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23442 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23443 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23444 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23445 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17578 34777))
23446 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23447
23448 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23449 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23450
23451 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23452 king@grassland.com
23453 If `parens', they look like:
23454 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23455 If `angles', they look like:
23456 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23457 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23458 derived from the envelope-from address.
23459
23460 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23461 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23462 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23463 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23464
23465 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
23466
23467 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23468 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23469 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23470 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23471
23472 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23473 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23474 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23475 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23476
23477 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
23478
23479 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23480 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23481 This is done when the message is initialized,
23482 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23483
23484 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
23485
23486 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23487 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23488 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23489
23490 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
23491
23492 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23493
23494 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23495 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23496 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23497 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23498 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23499 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23500 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23501
23502 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
23503
23504 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23505 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23506
23507 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
23508
23509 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23510 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23511 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23512
23513 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
23514
23515 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23516 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23517 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23518 when you first send mail.")
23519
23520 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
23521
23522 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23523 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23524 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23525 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23526 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23527
23528 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
23529
23530 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23531 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23532 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23533 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23534 This file need not actually exist.")
23535
23536 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
23537
23538 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23539 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23540 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23541
23542 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail")
23543
23544 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23545 Alist of mail address aliases,
23546 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23547 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23548 can specify a different file name.)
23549 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23550 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23551
23552 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23553 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23554 nil means use indentation.")
23555
23556 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail")
23557
23558 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23559 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23560 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23561
23562 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail")
23563
23564 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23565 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23566 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23567 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23568 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23569 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23570 in the cited portion of the message.
23571
23572 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23573 instead of no action.")
23574
23575 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
23576
23577 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23578 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23579 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23580 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23581 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23582
23583 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail")
23584
23585 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23586 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23587 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23588 If a string, that string is inserted.
23589 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23590 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23591 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23592 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23593
23594 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
23595
23596 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23597 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23598
23599 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail")
23600
23601 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23602 Directory for mail buffers.
23603 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23604 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23605
23606 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
23607
23608 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23609 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23610 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23611 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23612
23613 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail")
23614
23615 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23616 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23617 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23618 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23619 is non-nil.")
23620
23621 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail")
23622
23623 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23624 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23625 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23626 `query' means ask the user each time.
23627 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23628 The default is `mime'.
23629 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23630 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23631
23632 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail")
23633
23634 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23635 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23636 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23637
23638 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23639 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23640
23641 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23642 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23643 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23644 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23645 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23646 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23647 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23648 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23649 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23650 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23651 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23652 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23653 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23654
23655 \(fn)" t nil)
23656
23657 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23658 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23659
23660 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23661 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23662
23663 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
23664
23665 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23666 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23667 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23668 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23669 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23670 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23671
23672 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23673 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23674 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23675
23676 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23677 User should not set this variable manually,
23678 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23679 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23680 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23681 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23682
23683 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23684 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23685 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23686 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23687
23688 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23689 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23690
23691 \\<mail-mode-map>
23692 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23693
23694 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23695 to move to message header fields:
23696 \\{mail-mode-map}
23697
23698 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23699 when the message is initialized.
23700
23701 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23702 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23703
23704 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23705 is inserted.
23706
23707 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23708 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23709
23710 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23711 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23712 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23713 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23714 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23715 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23716 buffer without erasing the contents.
23717
23718 The second through fifth arguments,
23719 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23720 the initial contents of those header fields.
23721 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23722 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23723 original message being replied to, or else an action
23724 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23725 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23726 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23727 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23728 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23729 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23730
23731 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23732
23733 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23734 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23735
23736 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23737
23738 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23739 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23740
23741 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23742
23743 ;;;***
23744 \f
23745 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23746 ;;;;;; (17582 28846))
23747 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23748
23749 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23750 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23751 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23752 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23753 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23754 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23755
23756 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23757
23758 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23759
23760 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23761 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23762 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23763 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23764 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
23765
23766 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
23767
23768 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23769 Toggle Server mode.
23770 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23771 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23772 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23773
23774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23775
23776 ;;;***
23777 \f
23778 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17578 34773))
23779 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23780
23781 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23782 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23783 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23784
23785 Key definitions:
23786 \\{ses-mode-map}
23787 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23788 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23789 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23790 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23791
23792 \(fn)" t nil)
23793
23794 ;;;***
23795 \f
23796 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23797 ;;;;;; (17521 64540))
23798 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23799
23800 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23801 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23802 Makes > match <.
23803 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23804 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23805
23806 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23807 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23808 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23809
23810 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23811 in your `.emacs' file.
23812
23813 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23814
23815 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23816 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23817 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23818
23819 \(fn)" t nil)
23820
23821 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23822
23823 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23824 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23825 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23826 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23827 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23828 which this is based.
23829
23830 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23831
23832 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23833 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23834 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23835 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23836
23837 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23838 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23839 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23840
23841 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23842 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23843 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23844 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23845
23846 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23847 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23848 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23849 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23850
23851 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23852
23853 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23854 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23855 To work around that, do:
23856 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23857
23858 \\{html-mode-map}
23859
23860 \(fn)" t nil)
23861
23862 ;;;***
23863 \f
23864 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23865 ;;;;;; (17590 26287))
23866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23867 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23868
23869 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23870 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23871 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23872 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23873 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23874 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23875
23876 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23877 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23878 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23879 shell-specific features.
23880
23881 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23882 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23883 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23884 \\<sh-mode-map>
23885 \\[sh-case] case statement
23886 \\[sh-for] for loop
23887 \\[sh-function] function definition
23888 \\[sh-if] if statement
23889 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23890 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23891 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23892 \\[sh-select] select loop
23893 \\[sh-until] until loop
23894 \\[sh-while] while loop
23895
23896 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23897 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23898 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23899 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23900 would indent to the way it currently is.
23901 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23902 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23903
23904
23905 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23906 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23907 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23908 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23909 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23910 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23911
23912 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23913 {, (, [, ', \", `
23914 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23915
23916 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23917 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23918 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23919
23920 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23921 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23922
23923 \(fn)" t nil)
23924
23925 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23926
23927 ;;;***
23928 \f
23929 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17383 32165))
23930 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23931
23932 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23933 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23934 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23935 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23936 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23937 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23938
23939 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23940
23941 ;;;***
23942 \f
23943 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23944 ;;;;;; (17383 32141))
23945 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23946
23947 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23948 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23949
23950 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23951 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23952 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23953 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23954 the earlier.
23955
23956 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23957
23958 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23959
23960 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23961 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23962 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23963
23964 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
23965 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
23966
23967 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23968 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23969 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
23970 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23971 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
23972 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23973 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23974 emacs version).
23975
23976 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23977 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23978 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23979 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23980 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23981
23982 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23983 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23984 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23985
23986 \(fn)" t nil)
23987
23988 ;;;***
23989 \f
23990 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23991 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17383
23992 ;;;;;; 32120))
23993 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23994
23995 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23996 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23997 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23998 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23999 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24000 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24001 in the cluster.
24002
24003 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24004
24005 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24006 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24007 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24008 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24009 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24010
24011 \(fn)" t nil)
24012
24013 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24014 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24015 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24016 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24017 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
24018 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24019 `shadow-define-cluster').
24020
24021 \(fn)" t nil)
24022
24023 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24024 Set up file shadowing.
24025
24026 \(fn)" t nil)
24027
24028 ;;;***
24029 \f
24030 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24031 ;;;;;; (17582 28833))
24032 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24033
24034 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24035 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24036 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24037 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24038 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24039 arguments.")
24040
24041 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
24042
24043 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24044 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24045 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24046 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24047 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24048 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24049 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24050 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
24051 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
24052 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
24053 discards input when it starts up.)
24054 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24055 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24056 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24057
24058 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24059 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24060 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24061 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24062 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24063 `default-process-coding-system'.
24064
24065 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24066 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24067 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24068 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24069
24070 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24071
24072 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24073 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24074
24075 ;;;***
24076 \f
24077 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24078 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17383 32166))
24079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24080
24081 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24082 Not documented
24083
24084 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24085
24086 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24087 Not documented
24088
24089 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24090
24091 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24092 Not documented
24093
24094 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24095
24096 ;;;***
24097 \f
24098 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24099 ;;;;;; (17383 32166))
24100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24101
24102 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24103 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24104 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24105 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24106 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24107
24108 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24109
24110 \(fn)" t nil)
24111
24112 ;;;***
24113 \f
24114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17590 36099))
24115 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24116 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24117
24118 ;;;***
24119 \f
24120 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17397
24121 ;;;;;; 61572))
24122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24123
24124 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24125 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24126 \\{simula-mode-map}
24127 Variables controlling indentation style:
24128 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24129 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24130 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24131 `simula-indent-level'
24132 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24133 `simula-substatement-offset'
24134 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24135 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24136 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24137 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24138 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24139 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24140 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24141 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24142 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24143 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24144 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24145 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24146 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24147 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24148 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24149 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24150 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24151 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24152 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24153 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24154 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24155 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24156 or nil if they should not be changed.
24157 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24158 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24159 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24160 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24161
24162 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24163 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24164
24165 \(fn)" t nil)
24166
24167 ;;;***
24168 \f
24169 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24170 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17521 64537))
24171 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24172
24173 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24174 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24175
24176 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24177 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24178 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24179 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24180
24181 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24182
24183 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24184 Insert SKELETON.
24185 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24186 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24187 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24188 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24189 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24190
24191 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24192 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24193
24194 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24195
24196 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24197 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24198
24199 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24200 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24201 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24202 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24203
24204 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24205 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24206 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24207 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24208
24209 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24210 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24211 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24212
24213 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24214 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24215
24216 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24217 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24218
24219 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24220 _ interesting point, interregion here
24221 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24222 interesting point set by _
24223 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24224 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24225 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24226 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24227 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24228 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24229 nil skipped
24230
24231 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24232 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24233
24234 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24235 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24236 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24237 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24238 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24239 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24240 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24241 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24242
24243 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24244 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24245 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24246 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24247 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24248 available:
24249
24250 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24251 then: insert previously read string once more
24252 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24253 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24254 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24255
24256 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24257 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24258
24259 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24260
24261 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24262 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24263
24264 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24265 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24266 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24267 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24268 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24269 such as backslash.
24270
24271 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24272 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24273 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24274
24275 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24276
24277 ;;;***
24278 \f
24279 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24280 ;;;;;; (17494 22060))
24281 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24282
24283 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24284 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24285 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24286 buffer names.
24287
24288 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24289
24290 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24291 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24292 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24293
24294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24295
24296 ;;;***
24297 \f
24298 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24299 ;;;;;; (17457 37503))
24300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24301
24302 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24303 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24304 A list of images is returned.
24305
24306 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24307
24308 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24309 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24310 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24311
24312 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24313
24314 ;;;***
24315 \f
24316 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24317 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17383 32170))
24318 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24319
24320 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24321 Not documented
24322
24323 \(fn)" nil nil)
24324
24325 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24326 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24327
24328 \(fn)" t nil)
24329
24330 ;;;***
24331 \f
24332 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17383 32183))
24333 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24334
24335 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24336 Play the Snake game.
24337 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24338
24339 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24340
24341 Snake mode keybindings:
24342 \\<snake-mode-map>
24343 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24344 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24345 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24346 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24347 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24348 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24349 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24350
24351 \(fn)" t nil)
24352
24353 ;;;***
24354 \f
24355 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24356 ;;;;;; (17383 32177))
24357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24358
24359 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24360 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24361 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24362 Tab indents for C code.
24363 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24364 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24365 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24366 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24367 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24368
24369 \(fn)" t nil)
24370
24371 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24372 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24373 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24374 Tab indents for C code.
24375 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24376 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24377 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24378 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24379 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24380
24381 \(fn)" t nil)
24382
24383 ;;;***
24384 \f
24385 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24386 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24387 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17397 61548))
24388 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24389
24390 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24391 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24392
24393 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24394 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24395 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24396
24397 For example, the form
24398
24399 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24400 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24401
24402 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24403
24404 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
24405
24406 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24407 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24408
24409 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24410 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24411 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24412 York City.
24413
24414 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24415
24416 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
24417
24418 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24419 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24420
24421 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24422 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24423 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24424 York City.
24425
24426 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24427
24428 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
24429
24430 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24431 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24432 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24433 pair.
24434
24435 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24436
24437 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
24438
24439 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24440 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24441 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24442
24443 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24444 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24445
24446 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24447
24448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24449
24450 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24451 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24452 Requires floating point.
24453
24454 \(fn)" nil nil)
24455
24456 ;;;***
24457 \f
24458 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17383
24459 ;;;;;; 32183))
24460 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24461
24462 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24463 Play Solitaire.
24464
24465 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24466 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24467 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24468 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24469 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24470 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24471 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24472 check after each move or undo)
24473
24474 What is Solitaire?
24475
24476 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24477 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24478 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24479
24480 Le Solitaire
24481 ============
24482
24483 o o o
24484
24485 o o o
24486
24487 o o o o o o o
24488
24489 o o o . o o o
24490
24491 o o o o o o o
24492
24493 o o o
24494
24495 o o o
24496
24497 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24498 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24499 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24500 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24501
24502 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24503 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24504 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24505 this: o o .
24506
24507 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24508 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24509
24510 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24511
24512 o o o
24513
24514 . o o
24515
24516 o o . o o o o
24517
24518 o . o o o o o
24519
24520 o o o o o o o
24521
24522 o o o
24523
24524 o o o
24525
24526 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24527
24528 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24529
24530 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24531
24532 ;;;***
24533 \f
24534 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24535 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24536 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17466 42707))
24537 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24538
24539 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24540 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24541
24542 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24543 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24544 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24545 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24546 contiguous.
24547
24548 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24549 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24550 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24551 the sort order.
24552
24553 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24554 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24555
24556 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24557 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24558 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24559 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24560 is called.
24561
24562 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24563 It should move point to the end of the record.
24564
24565 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24566 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24567 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24568 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24569 starts at the beginning of the record.
24570
24571 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24572 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24573 same as ENDRECFUN.
24574
24575 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24576 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24577
24578 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24579
24580 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24581 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24582 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24583 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24584 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24585 the sort order.
24586
24587 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24588
24589 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24590 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24591 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24592 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24593 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24594 the sort order.
24595
24596 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24597
24598 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24599 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24600 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24601 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24602 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24603 the sort order.
24604
24605 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24606
24607 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24608 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24609 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24610 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24611 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24612 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24613 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24614 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24615 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24616
24617 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24618
24619 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24620 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24621 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24622 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24623 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24624 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24625 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24626 the sort order.
24627
24628 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24629
24630 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24631 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24632 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24633 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24634 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24635 is to be used for sorting.
24636 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24637 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24638 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24639 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24640 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24641
24642 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24643
24644 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24645 the sort order.
24646
24647 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24648 starting with the letter \"f\",
24649 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24650
24651 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24652
24653 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24654 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24655 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24656 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24657 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24658 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24659 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24660 the sort order.
24661
24662 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24663 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24664 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24665 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24666 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24667
24668 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24669
24670 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24671 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24672 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24673
24674 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24675
24676 ;;;***
24677 \f
24678 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17457
24679 ;;;;;; 37503))
24680 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24681
24682 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24683 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24684
24685 \(fn)" t nil)
24686
24687 ;;;***
24688 \f
24689 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24690 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24691 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17397 61557))
24692 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24693
24694 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24695 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24696
24697 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24698 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24699 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24700
24701 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24702
24703 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24704 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24705 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24706 server.
24707
24708 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24709
24710 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24711 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24712 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24713
24714 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24715
24716 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24717 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24718 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24719 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24720 Agent is plugged.
24721
24722 \(fn)" t nil)
24723
24724 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24725 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24726 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24727 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24728
24729 \(fn)" t nil)
24730
24731 ;;;***
24732 \f
24733 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24734 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17578 34773))
24735 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24736
24737 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24738
24739 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24740 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24741 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24742 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24743 supported at a time.
24744 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24745 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24746
24747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24748
24749 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24750 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24751 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24752 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24753
24754 \(fn)" t nil)
24755
24756 ;;;***
24757 \f
24758 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24759 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17383 32189))
24760 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24761
24762 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24763
24764 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24765 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24766 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24767 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24768 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24769 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24770
24771 \(fn)" t nil)
24772
24773 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24774 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24775 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24776 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24777
24778 \(fn)" t nil)
24779
24780 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24781 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24782 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24783 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24784 for example, \"word\".
24785
24786 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24787
24788 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24789 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24790
24791 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24792
24793 ;;;***
24794 \f
24795 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17383
24796 ;;;;;; 32183))
24797 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24798
24799 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24800 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24801
24802 \(fn)" t nil)
24803
24804 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24805 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24806
24807 \(fn)" nil nil)
24808
24809 ;;;***
24810 \f
24811 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24812 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24813 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24814 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17397
24815 ;;;;;; 61572))
24816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24817
24818 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24819 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24820
24821 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24822 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24823 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24824 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24825 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24826 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24827 of the current highlighting list.
24828
24829 For example:
24830
24831 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24832 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24833
24834 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24835 `_t' as data types.
24836
24837 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24838
24839 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24840 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24841
24842 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24843 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24844
24845 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24846
24847 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24848 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24849 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24850
24851 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24852
24853 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24854 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24855 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24856 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24857 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24858 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24859 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24860 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24861 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24862
24863 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24864
24865 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24866 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24867 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24868 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24869
24870 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24871 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24872 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24873 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24874
24875 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24876 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24877 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24878
24879 \(fn)" t nil)
24880
24881 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24882 Major mode to edit SQL.
24883
24884 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24885 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24886 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24887
24888 \\{sql-mode-map}
24889 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24890
24891 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24892 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24893 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24894 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24895 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24896 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24897
24898 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24899 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24900
24901 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24902 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24903 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24904
24905 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24906 (lambda ()
24907 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24908
24909 \(fn)" t nil)
24910
24911 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24912 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24913
24914 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24915 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24916 `*SQL*'.
24917
24918 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24919
24920 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24921
24922 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24923 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24924
24925 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24926 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24927 `*SQL*'.
24928
24929 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24930 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24931 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24932 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24933
24934 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24935 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24936
24937 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24938 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24939 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24940 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24941 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24942 `default-process-coding-system'.
24943
24944 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24945
24946 \(fn)" t nil)
24947
24948 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24949 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24950
24951 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24952 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24953 `*SQL*'.
24954
24955 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24956 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24957 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24958 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24959
24960 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24961 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24962
24963 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24964 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24965 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24966 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24967 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24968 `default-process-coding-system'.
24969
24970 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24971
24972 \(fn)" t nil)
24973
24974 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24975 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24976
24977 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24978 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24979 `*SQL*'.
24980
24981 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24982 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24983
24984 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24985 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24986
24987 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24988 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24989 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24990 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24991 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24992 `default-process-coding-system'.
24993
24994 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24995
24996 \(fn)" t nil)
24997
24998 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24999 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25000
25001 SQLite is free software.
25002
25003 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25004 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25005 `*SQL*'.
25006
25007 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25008 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25009 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25010 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25011
25012 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25013 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25014
25015 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25016 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25017 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25018 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25019 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25020 `default-process-coding-system'.
25021
25022 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25023
25024 \(fn)" t nil)
25025
25026 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25027 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25028
25029 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25030
25031 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25032 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25033 `*SQL*'.
25034
25035 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25036 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25037 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25038 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25039
25040 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25041 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25042
25043 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25044 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25045 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25046 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25047 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25048 `default-process-coding-system'.
25049
25050 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25051
25052 \(fn)" t nil)
25053
25054 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25055 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25056
25057 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25058 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25059 `*SQL*'.
25060
25061 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25062 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25063 defaults, if set.
25064
25065 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25066 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25067
25068 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25069 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25070 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25071 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25072 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25073 `default-process-coding-system'.
25074
25075 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25076
25077 \(fn)" t nil)
25078
25079 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25080 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25081
25082 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25083 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25084 `*SQL*'.
25085
25086 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25087 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25088
25089 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25090 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25091
25092 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25093 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25094 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25095 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25096 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25097 `default-process-coding-system'.
25098
25099 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25100
25101 \(fn)" t nil)
25102
25103 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25104 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25105
25106 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25107 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25108 `*SQL*'.
25109
25110 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25111 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25112 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25113 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25114
25115 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25116 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25117
25118 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25119 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25120 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25121 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25122 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25123 `default-process-coding-system'.
25124
25125 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25126
25127 \(fn)" t nil)
25128
25129 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25130 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25131
25132 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25133 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25134 `*SQL*'.
25135
25136 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25137 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25138 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25139 `sql-postgres-options'.
25140
25141 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25142 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25143
25144 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25145 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25146 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25147 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25148 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25149 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25150 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25151 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25152
25153 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25154 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25155
25156 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25157
25158 \(fn)" t nil)
25159
25160 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25161 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25162
25163 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25164 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25165 `*SQL*'.
25166
25167 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25168 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25169 defaults, if set.
25170
25171 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25172 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25173
25174 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25175 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25176 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25177 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25178 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25179 `default-process-coding-system'.
25180
25181 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25182
25183 \(fn)" t nil)
25184
25185 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25186 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25187
25188 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25189 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25190 `*SQL*'.
25191
25192 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25193 automatic login.
25194
25195 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25196 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25197
25198 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25199 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25200 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25201 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25202
25203 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25204 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25205 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25206 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25207 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25208 `default-process-coding-system'.
25209
25210 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25211
25212 \(fn)" t nil)
25213
25214 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25215 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25216
25217 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25218 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25219 `*SQL*'.
25220
25221 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25222 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25223 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25224 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25225 parameters.
25226
25227 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25228 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25229 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25230 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25231 an empty password.
25232
25233 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25234 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25235
25236 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25237
25238 \(fn)" t nil)
25239
25240 ;;;***
25241 \f
25242 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25243 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25244 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25245 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25246 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17383
25247 ;;;;;; 32122))
25248 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25249
25250 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25251 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25252 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25253 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25254 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25255 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25256
25257 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25258
25259 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25260
25261 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25262 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25263 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25264 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25265 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25266 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25267 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25268
25269 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25270
25271 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25272 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25273 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25274 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25275 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25276 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25277 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25278
25279 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25280
25281 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25282 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25283 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25284
25285 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25286
25287 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25288 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25289 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25290
25291 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25292
25293 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25294 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25295
25296 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25297
25298 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25299 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25300
25301 \(fn)" t nil)
25302
25303 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25304 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25305
25306 \(fn)" t nil)
25307
25308 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25309 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25310 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25311 chronologically by command name.
25312 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25313
25314 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25315
25316 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25317 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25318 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25319 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25320 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
25321
25322 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
25323
25324 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25325 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25326 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25327 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25328 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25329 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25330 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25331
25332 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25333 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25334 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25335 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25336
25337 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25338
25339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25340
25341 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25342 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25343 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25344 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25345
25346 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25347
25348 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25349 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25350
25351 \(fn)" t nil)
25352
25353 ;;;***
25354 \f
25355 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25356 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16221 3781))
25357 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25358
25359 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25360 Studlify-case the region.
25361
25362 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25363
25364 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25365 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25366
25367 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25368
25369 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25370 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25371
25372 \(fn)" t nil)
25373
25374 ;;;***
25375 \f
25376 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17590 36099))
25377 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25378
25379 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25380 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25381 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25382 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25383 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25384 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25385
25386 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25387 is used instead of `load-path'.
25388
25389 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25390 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25391 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25392
25393 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25394
25395 ;;;***
25396 \f
25397 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25398 ;;;;;; (17383 32170))
25399 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25400
25401 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25402 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25403 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25404 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25405 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25406 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25407 original message but it does require a few things:
25408
25409 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25410
25411 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25412 reply buffer.
25413
25414 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25415 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25416 original message.
25417
25418 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25419
25420 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25421
25422 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25423 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25424 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25425
25426 \(fn)" nil nil)
25427
25428 ;;;***
25429 \f
25430 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17416 55046))
25431 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25432
25433 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25434 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25435 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25436 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25437 use either \\[customize] or the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25438
25439 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse")
25440
25441 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25442 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25443 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25444
25445 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25446
25447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25448
25449 ;;;***
25450 \f
25451 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17383 32122))
25452 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25453
25454 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25455 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25456 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25457 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25458 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25459
25460 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25461
25462 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25463 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25464 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25465 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25466 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25467 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25468 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25469
25470 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25471
25472 ;;;***
25473 \f
25474 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25475 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25476 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25477 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25478 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25479 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25480 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25481 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25482 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25483 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25484 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25485 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25486 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17578 34780))
25487 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25488
25489 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25490 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25491 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25492
25493 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
25494
25495 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25496 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25497
25498 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
25499
25500 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25501 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25502
25503 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
25504
25505 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25506 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25507
25508 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
25509
25510 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25511 Insert an editable text table.
25512 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25513 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25514 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25515 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25516 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25517 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25518 delimiting them.
25519
25520 Examples:
25521
25522 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25523
25524 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25525 location of point.
25526
25527 -!-
25528
25529 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25530 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25531 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25532 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25533 first cell.
25534
25535 +-----+-----+-----+
25536 |-!- | | |
25537 +-----+-----+-----+
25538
25539 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25540
25541 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25542 width, which results as
25543
25544 +--------------+-----+-----+
25545 |-!- | | |
25546 +--------------+-----+-----+
25547
25548 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25549 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25550
25551 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25552 | | |-!- |
25553 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25554
25555 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25556 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25557 width information to `table-insert'.
25558
25559 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25560
25561 instead of
25562
25563 Cell width(s): 5
25564
25565 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25566 work all together.
25567
25568 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25569 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25570
25571 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25572 |-!- | | |
25573 | | | |
25574 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25575
25576 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25577
25578 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25579 |-!- | | |
25580 | | | |
25581 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25582 | | | |
25583 | | | |
25584 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25585
25586 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25587
25588 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25589 | | | |
25590 | | | |
25591 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25592 | | | |
25593 | | | |
25594 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25595 -!-
25596
25597 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25598 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25599 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25600
25601 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25602 | | | |
25603 | | | |
25604 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25605 | | | |
25606 | | | |
25607 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25608 |-!- | | |
25609 | | | |
25610 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25611
25612 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25613 results.
25614
25615 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25616 | | | |
25617 | | | |
25618 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25619 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25620 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25621 | | |expected results.-!- |
25622 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25623 | | | |
25624 | | | |
25625 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25626
25627 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25628
25629 \\{table-cell-map}
25630
25631 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25632
25633 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25634 Insert N table row(s).
25635 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25636 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25637 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25638 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25639
25640 \(fn N)" t nil)
25641
25642 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25643 Insert N table column(s).
25644 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25645 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25646 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25647 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25648
25649 \(fn N)" t nil)
25650
25651 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25652 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25653 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25654
25655 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25656
25657 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25658 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25659 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25660 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25661 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25662 all the table specific features.
25663
25664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25665
25666 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25667 Not documented
25668
25669 \(fn)" t nil)
25670
25671 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25672 Recognize all tables within region.
25673 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25674 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25675 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25676 specific features.
25677
25678 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25679
25680 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25681 Not documented
25682
25683 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25684
25685 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25686 Recognize a table at point.
25687 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25688 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25689 the table specific features.
25690
25691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25692
25693 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25694 Not documented
25695
25696 \(fn)" t nil)
25697
25698 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25699 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25700 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25701 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25702 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25703 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25704 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25705
25706 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25707
25708 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25709 Not documented
25710
25711 \(fn)" t nil)
25712
25713 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25714 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25715 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25716 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25717 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25718 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25719 specified.
25720
25721 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25722
25723 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25724 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25725 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25726 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25727 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25728 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25729 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25730 table structure.
25731
25732 \(fn N)" t nil)
25733
25734 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25735 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25736 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25737 table's rectangle structure.
25738
25739 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25740
25741 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25742 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25743 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25744 table's rectangle structure.
25745
25746 \(fn N)" t nil)
25747
25748 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25749 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25750 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25751 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25752 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25753
25754 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25755
25756 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25757 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25758 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25759
25760 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25761 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25762 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25763 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25764 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25765 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25766 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25767
25768 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25769 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25770 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25771 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25772 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25773 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25774 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25775
25776 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25777 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25778 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25779 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25780 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25781 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25782 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25783 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25784
25785 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25786
25787 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25788 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25789 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25790 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25791
25792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25793
25794 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25795 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25796 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25797
25798 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25799
25800 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25801 Split current cell vertically.
25802 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25803
25804 \(fn)" t nil)
25805
25806 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25807 Split current cell horizontally.
25808 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25809
25810 \(fn)" t nil)
25811
25812 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25813 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25814 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25815
25816 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25817
25818 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25819 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25820 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25821 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25822
25823 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25824
25825 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25826 Justify cell contents.
25827 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25828 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25829 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25830 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25831
25832 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25833
25834 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25835 Justify cells of a row.
25836 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25837 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25838
25839 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25840
25841 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25842 Justify cells of a column.
25843 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25844 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25845
25846 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25847
25848 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25849 Toggle fixing width mode.
25850 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25851 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25852 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25853
25854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25855
25856 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25857 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25858 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25859 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25860 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25861 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25862 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25863 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25864 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25865 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25866 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25867
25868 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25869
25870 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25871 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25872 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25873 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25874 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25875 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25876 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25877 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25878 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25879 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25880 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25881 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25882 untouched.
25883
25884 References used for this implementation:
25885
25886 HTML:
25887 http://www.w3.org
25888
25889 LaTeX:
25890 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25891
25892 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25893 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25894 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25895
25896 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25897
25898 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25899 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25900 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25901 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25902 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25903 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25904 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25905 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25906 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25907 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25908 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25909 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25910 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25911 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25912 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25913 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25914 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25915
25916 Example:
25917
25918 (progn
25919 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25920 (table-forward-cell 15)
25921 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25922 (table-forward-cell 16)
25923 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25924 (table-forward-cell 1)
25925 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25926
25927 (progn
25928 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25929 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25930 (table-forward-cell 1)
25931 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25932
25933 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25934
25935 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25936 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25937 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25938 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25939 consists from cells of same height.
25940
25941 \(fn N)" t nil)
25942
25943 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25944 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25945 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25946 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25947 column must consists from cells of same width.
25948
25949 \(fn N)" t nil)
25950
25951 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25952 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25953 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25954 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25955 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25956 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25957 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25958 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25959 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25960 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25961 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25962 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25963 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25964 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25965 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25966
25967
25968 Example 1:
25969
25970 1, 2, 3, 4
25971 5, 6, 7, 8
25972 , 9, 10
25973
25974 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25975 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25976 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25977 specified as 5.
25978
25979 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25980 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
25981 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25982 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
25983 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25984 | | 9 | 10 | |
25985 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25986
25987 Note:
25988
25989 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25990 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25991 of each row is optional.
25992
25993
25994 Example 2:
25995
25996 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25997 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25998 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25999 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26000 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26001
26002 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26003 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26004
26005 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26006 expression and raw delimiter regular
26007 expression, it parses the specified text
26008 area and extracts cell items from
26009 non-table text and then forms a table out
26010 of them.
26011
26012 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26013 creates a single cell table. The text in
26014 the specified region is placed in that
26015 cell.-*-
26016
26017 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26018 like this.
26019
26020 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26021 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26022 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26023 | |
26024 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26025 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26026 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26027 | area and extracts cell items from |
26028 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26029 | of them. |
26030 | |
26031 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26032 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26033 | the specified region is placed in that |
26034 | cell. |
26035 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26036
26037 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26038 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26039 independently.
26040
26041 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26042 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26043 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26044 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26045 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26046 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26047 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26048 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26049 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26050 | |of them. |
26051 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26052 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26053 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26054 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26055 | |cell. |
26056 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26057
26058 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26059 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26060 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26061
26062 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26063
26064 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26065 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26066 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26067 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26068 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26069
26070 \(fn)" t nil)
26071
26072 ;;;***
26073 \f
26074 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17383 32122))
26075 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26076
26077 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26078 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26079
26080 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26081
26082 ;;;***
26083 \f
26084 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17578 34774))
26085 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26086
26087 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26088 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26089 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26090 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26091 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26092 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26093 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26094
26095 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26096 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26097 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26098 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26099
26100 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26101 \\{tar-mode-map}
26102
26103 \(fn)" t nil)
26104
26105 ;;;***
26106 \f
26107 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26108 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17484 52437))
26109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26110
26111 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26112 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26113 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26114 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26115 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26116 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26117
26118 Variables controlling indentation style:
26119 `tcl-indent-level'
26120 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26121 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26122 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26123
26124 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26125 documentation for details):
26126 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26127 Controls action of TAB key.
26128 `tcl-auto-newline'
26129 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26130 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26131 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26132 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26133 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26134
26135 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26136 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26137 already exist.
26138
26139 Commands:
26140 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26141
26142 \(fn)" t nil)
26143
26144 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26145 Run inferior Tcl process.
26146 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26147 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26148
26149 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26150
26151 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26152 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26153 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26154
26155 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26156
26157 ;;;***
26158 \f
26159 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17383 32177))
26160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26161 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26162
26163 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26164 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26165 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26166 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26167
26168 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26169 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26170 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26171 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26172 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26173
26174 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26175 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26176
26177 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26178 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26179 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26180 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26181
26182 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26183
26184 ;;;***
26185 \f
26186 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17578
26187 ;;;;;; 34774))
26188 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26189
26190 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26191 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26192 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26193 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26194 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26195 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26196
26197 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26198
26199 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26200 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26201 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26202 commands to use in that buffer.
26203
26204 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26205
26206 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26207
26208 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26209 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26210
26211 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26212
26213 ;;;***
26214 \f
26215 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17383
26216 ;;;;;; 32123))
26217 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26218
26219 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26220 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26221 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26222 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26223 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26224 program as keyboard input.
26225
26226 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26227 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26228 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26229 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26230
26231 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26232 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26233 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26234 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26235 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26236
26237 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26238
26239 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26240 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26241 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26242 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26243
26244 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26245 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26246 subprocess started.
26247
26248 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26249
26250 ;;;***
26251 \f
26252 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26253 ;;;;;; (17383 32141))
26254 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26255
26256 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26257 Start coverage on function under point.
26258
26259 \(fn)" t nil)
26260
26261 ;;;***
26262 \f
26263 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17383 32183))
26264 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26265
26266 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26267 Play the Tetris game.
26268 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26269 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26270 as to form complete rows.
26271
26272 tetris-mode keybindings:
26273 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26274 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26275 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26276 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26277 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26278 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26279 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26280 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26281 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26282
26283 \(fn)" t nil)
26284
26285 ;;;***
26286 \f
26287 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26288 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26289 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26290 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26291 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26292 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26293 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26294 ;;;;;; (17578 34780))
26295 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26296
26297 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26298 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26299
26300 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
26301
26302 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26303 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26304 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26305 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26306 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26307
26308 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
26309
26310 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26311 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26312 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26313 if it matches the first line of the file,
26314 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26315
26316 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
26317
26318 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26319 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26320 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26321 if the variable is non-nil.")
26322
26323 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
26324
26325 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26326 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26327
26328 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
26329
26330 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26331 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26332 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26333 See the documentation of that variable.")
26334
26335 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26336
26337 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26338 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26339 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26340 See the documentation of that variable.")
26341
26342 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26343
26344 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26345 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26346 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26347 See the documentation of that variable.")
26348
26349 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26350
26351 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26352 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26353 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26354 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26355 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26356
26357 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
26358
26359 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26360 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26361 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26362 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26363
26364 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
26365
26366 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26367 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26368 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26369
26370 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
26371
26372 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26373 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26374 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26375 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26376
26377 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
26378
26379 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26380 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26381 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26382 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26383
26384 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26385
26386 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26387 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26388 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26389 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26390
26391 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26392 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26393 for example,
26394
26395 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26396 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26397
26398 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26399 use.")
26400
26401 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26402
26403 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26404 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26405 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26406 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26407 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26408
26409 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26410
26411 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
26412
26413 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26414 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26415 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26416
26417 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
26418
26419 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26420 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26421 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26422 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26423 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26424
26425 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
26426
26427 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26428 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26429
26430 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
26431
26432 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26433 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26434
26435 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
26436
26437 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26438 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26439 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26440 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26441 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26442 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26443 says which mode to use.
26444
26445 \(fn)" t nil)
26446
26447 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26448
26449 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26450
26451 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26452
26453 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26454 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26455 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26456 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26457 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26458
26459 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26460 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26461 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26462 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26463 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26464 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26465 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26466
26467 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26468 mismatched $'s or braces.
26469
26470 Special commands:
26471 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26472
26473 Mode variables:
26474 tex-run-command
26475 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26476 tex-directory
26477 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26478 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26479 tex-dvi-print-command
26480 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26481 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26482 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26483 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26484 tex-dvi-view-command
26485 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26486 tex-show-queue-command
26487 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26488 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26489
26490 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26491 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26492 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26493
26494 \(fn)" t nil)
26495
26496 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26497 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26498 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26499 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26500 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26501
26502 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26503 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26504 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26505 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26506 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26507 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26508 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26509
26510 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26511 mismatched $'s or braces.
26512
26513 Special commands:
26514 \\{latex-mode-map}
26515
26516 Mode variables:
26517 latex-run-command
26518 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26519 tex-directory
26520 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26521 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26522 tex-dvi-print-command
26523 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26524 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26525 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26526 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26527 tex-dvi-view-command
26528 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26529 tex-show-queue-command
26530 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26531 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26532
26533 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26534 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26535 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26536
26537 \(fn)" t nil)
26538
26539 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26540 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26541 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26542 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26543 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26544
26545 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26546 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26547 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26548 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26549 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26550 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26551 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26552
26553 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26554 mismatched $'s or braces.
26555
26556 Special commands:
26557 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26558
26559 Mode variables:
26560 slitex-run-command
26561 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26562 tex-directory
26563 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26564 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26565 tex-dvi-print-command
26566 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26567 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26568 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26569 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26570 tex-dvi-view-command
26571 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26572 tex-show-queue-command
26573 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26574 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26575
26576 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26577 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26578 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26579 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26580
26581 \(fn)" t nil)
26582
26583 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26584 Not documented
26585
26586 \(fn)" nil nil)
26587
26588 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26589 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26590
26591 \(fn)" t nil)
26592
26593 ;;;***
26594 \f
26595 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26596 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17590 36100))
26597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26598
26599 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26600 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26601 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26602 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26603
26604 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26605 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26606 Info-split to do these manually.
26607
26608 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26609
26610 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26611 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26612 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26613 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26614 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26615
26616 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26617
26618 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26619 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26620 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26621 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26622
26623 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26624 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26625 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26626 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26627
26628 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26629 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26630
26631 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26632
26633 ;;;***
26634 \f
26635 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26636 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17383 32190))
26637 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26638
26639 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26640 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26641
26642 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26643
26644 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26645 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26646
26647 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26648
26649 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26650 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26651
26652 It has these extra commands:
26653 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26654
26655 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26656 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26657 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26658 modified version of TeX input format.
26659
26660 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26661 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26662 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26663 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26664
26665 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26666 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26667 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26668 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26669 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26670 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26671 in the Texinfo file.
26672
26673 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26674 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26675 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26676 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26677 move forward past the closing brace.
26678
26679 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26680 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26681
26682 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26683 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26684 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26685
26686 Here are the functions:
26687
26688 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26689 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26690 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26691
26692 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26693 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26694 texinfo-master-menu
26695
26696 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26697
26698 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26699 which menu descriptions are indented.
26700
26701 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26702 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26703 in the region.
26704
26705 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26706 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26707 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26708 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26709
26710 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26711 be the first node in the file.
26712
26713 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26714 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26715
26716 \(fn)" t nil)
26717
26718 ;;;***
26719 \f
26720 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26721 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26722 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26723 ;;;;;; (17171 19474))
26724 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26725
26726 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26727 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26728 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26729 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26730
26731 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26732
26733 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26734 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26735
26736 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26737
26738 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26739 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26740
26741 \(fn)" t nil)
26742
26743 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26744 Not documented
26745
26746 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26747
26748 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26749 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26750 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26751 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26752 to compose.
26753
26754 The return value is number of composed characters.
26755
26756 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26757
26758 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26759 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26760
26761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26762
26763 ;;;***
26764 \f
26765 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26766 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26767 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17582 28846))
26768 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26769
26770 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26771 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26772
26773 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26774
26775 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26776 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26777 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26778 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26779 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26780
26781 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26782 a symbol as a valid THING.
26783
26784 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26785 of the textual entity that was found.
26786
26787 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26788
26789 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26790 Return the THING at point.
26791 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26792 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26793 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26794
26795 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26796 a symbol as a valid THING.
26797
26798 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26799
26800 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26801 Not documented
26802
26803 \(fn)" nil nil)
26804
26805 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26806 Not documented
26807
26808 \(fn)" nil nil)
26809
26810 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26811 Not documented
26812
26813 \(fn)" nil nil)
26814
26815 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26816 Not documented
26817
26818 \(fn)" nil nil)
26819
26820 ;;;***
26821 \f
26822 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26823 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26824 ;;;;;; (17590 36099))
26825 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26826
26827 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26828 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26829
26830 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26831
26832 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26833 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26834 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26835 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26836
26837 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26838
26839 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26840 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26841
26842 \(fn)" t nil)
26843
26844 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26845 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26846
26847 \(fn)" t nil)
26848
26849 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26850
26851 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26852 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26853
26854 \(fn)" t nil)
26855
26856 ;;;***
26857 \f
26858 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26859 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26860 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26861 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26862 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26863 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17097 33527))
26864 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26865
26866 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26867 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26868 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26869
26870 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26871
26872 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26873 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26874
26875 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26876
26877 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26878 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26879 The returned string has no composition information.
26880
26881 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26882
26883 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26884 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26885
26886 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26887
26888 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26889 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26890
26891 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26892
26893 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26894 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26895 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26896 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26897
26898 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26899
26900 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26901 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26902 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26903 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26904
26905 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26906
26907 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26908 Not documented
26909
26910 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26911
26912 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26913 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26914 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26915
26916 \(fn)" t nil)
26917
26918 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26919 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26920 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26921
26922 \(fn)" t nil)
26923
26924 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26925 Not documented
26926
26927 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26928
26929 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26930 Not documented
26931
26932 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26933
26934 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26935 Not documented
26936
26937 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26938
26939 ;;;***
26940 \f
26941 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26942 ;;;;;; (17383 32190))
26943 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26944
26945 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26946 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26947 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26948 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26949 parameters.
26950 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26951
26952 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26953
26954 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26955 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26956 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26957 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26958 parameters.
26959 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26960
26961 \(fn)" t nil)
26962
26963 ;;;***
26964 \f
26965 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26966 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17383 32124))
26967 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26968
26969 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26970 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26971
26972 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
26973
26974 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26975 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26976 This display updates automatically every minute.
26977 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26978 are displayed as well.
26979 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26980
26981 \(fn)" t nil)
26982
26983 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26984 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26985 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26986 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26987 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
26988
26989 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
26990
26991 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26992 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26993 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26994
26995 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26996 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26997 are displayed as well.
26998 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26999
27000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27001
27002 ;;;***
27003 \f
27004 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27005 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27006 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27007 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17397
27008 ;;;;;; 61548))
27009 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27010
27011 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27012 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27013
27014 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27015
27016 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27017 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27018 You can use `float-time' instead.
27019
27020 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27021
27022 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27023 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27024
27025 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27026
27027 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27028 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27029
27030 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27031
27032 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27033 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27034
27035 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27036
27037 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27038 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27039 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27040
27041 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27042
27043 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27044
27045 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27046 Subtract two time values.
27047 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27048
27049 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27050
27051 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27052 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27053
27054 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27055
27056 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27057 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27058 DATE should be a date-time string.
27059
27060 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27061
27062 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27063 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27064 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27065
27066 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27067
27068 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27069 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27070
27071 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27072
27073 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27074 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27075
27076 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27077
27078 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27079 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27080 TIME should be a time value.
27081 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27082
27083 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27084
27085 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27086 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27087 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27088
27089 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27090
27091 ;;;***
27092 \f
27093 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27094 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17487 53545))
27095 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27096 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27097 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27098 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27099 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27100 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27101 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27102 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27103
27104 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27105 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27106 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27107 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27108 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27109 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27110 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27111 look like one of the following:
27112 Time-stamp: <>
27113 Time-stamp: \" \"
27114 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27115 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27116 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27117 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27118 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27119 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27120 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27121 the template.
27122
27123 \(fn)" t nil)
27124
27125 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27126 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27127 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27128
27129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27130
27131 ;;;***
27132 \f
27133 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27134 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27135 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27136 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27137 ;;;;;; (17397 61548))
27138 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27139
27140 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27141 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27142 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27143 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27144 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27145 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27146 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27147 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27148 display (non-nil means on).
27149
27150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27151
27152 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27153 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27154 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27155 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27156 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27157 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27158 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27159 this function is called within a day.
27160
27161 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27162 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27163 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27164 discover the name of the project.
27165
27166 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27167
27168 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27169 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27170 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27171 begun during the last time segment.
27172
27173 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27174 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27175 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27176 discover the reason.
27177
27178 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27179
27180 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27181 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27182 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27183 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27184 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27185
27186 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27187
27188 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27189 Change to working on a different project.
27190 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27191 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27192 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27193 working on.
27194
27195 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27196
27197 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27198 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27199 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27200
27201 \(fn)" nil nil)
27202
27203 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27204 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27205 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27206
27207 \(fn)" t nil)
27208
27209 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27210 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27211 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27212 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27213 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27214 \"relative to today\".
27215
27216 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27217
27218 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27219 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27220 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27221 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27222
27223 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27224
27225 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27226 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27227 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27228 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27229 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27230 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27231
27232 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27233
27234 ;;;***
27235 \f
27236 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27237 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27238 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17383 32142))
27239 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27240
27241 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27242
27243 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27244 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27245
27246 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27247
27248 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27249 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
27250
27251 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27252
27253 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27254 Perform an action at time TIME.
27255 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27256 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27257 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27258 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27259 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27260 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27261
27262 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27263
27264 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27265
27266 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27267 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27268 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27269 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27270 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27271
27272 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27273
27274 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27275
27276 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27277 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27278 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27279 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27280
27281 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27282
27283 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27284 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27285 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27286 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
27287
27288 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27289 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27290
27291 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27292
27293 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27294 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27295
27296 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27297 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27298 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27299 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27300 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27301 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27302 be detected.
27303
27304 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27305
27306 ;;;***
27307 \f
27308 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27309 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17106 41306))
27310 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27311
27312 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27313 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27314 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27315 the generated Quail package is saved.
27316
27317 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27318
27319 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27320 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27321 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27322 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27323 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27324 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27325 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27326
27327 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27328
27329 ;;;***
27330 \f
27331 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27332 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17097
27333 ;;;;;; 33527))
27334 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27335
27336 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27337 Not documented
27338
27339 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27340
27341 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27342 Not documented
27343
27344 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27345
27346 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27347 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27348 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27349 PATTERN regexp.
27350
27351 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27352
27353 ;;;***
27354 \f
27355 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27356 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17383 32124))
27357 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27358 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27359 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27360 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27361
27362 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27363 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27364 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27365 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27366 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27367
27368 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27369
27370 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27371 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27372 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27373 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27374 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27375
27376 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27377
27378 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27379 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27380 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27381 in the menu in two ways:
27382 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27383 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27384 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27385
27386 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27387 keymap or an alist of alists.
27388 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27389 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27390
27391 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27392
27393 ;;;***
27394 \f
27395 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27396 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27397 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17397 61548))
27398 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27399
27400 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27401 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27402
27403 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27404
27405 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27406 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27407
27408 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27409
27410 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27411 Insert new TODO list entry.
27412 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27413 category.
27414
27415 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27416
27417 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27418 List top priorities for each category.
27419
27420 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27421 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27422
27423 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27424 between each category.
27425
27426 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27427
27428 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27429 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27430 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27431 between each category.
27432
27433 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27434
27435 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27436
27437 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27438 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27439
27440 \\{todo-mode-map}
27441
27442 \(fn)" t nil)
27443
27444 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27445 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27446
27447 \(fn)" nil nil)
27448
27449 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27450 Show TODO list.
27451
27452 \(fn)" t nil)
27453
27454 ;;;***
27455 \f
27456 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27457 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27458 ;;;;;; (17498 30594))
27459 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27460
27461 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27462
27463 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27464 Add an item to the tool bar.
27465 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27466 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27467 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27468 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27469
27470 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27471 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27472 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27473 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27474
27475 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27476 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27477
27478 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27479
27480 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27481 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27482 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27483 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27484 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27485 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27486
27487 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27488 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27489 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27490 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27491
27492 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27493
27494 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27495 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27496 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27497 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27498 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27499 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27500 properties to add to the binding.
27501
27502 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27503
27504 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27505 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27506
27507 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27508
27509 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27510 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27511 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27512 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27513 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27514 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27515 properties to add to the binding.
27516
27517 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27518 holds a keymap.
27519
27520 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27521
27522 ;;;***
27523 \f
27524 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27525 ;;;;;; (17383 32144))
27526 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27527
27528 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27529 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27530 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27531 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27532 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27533
27534 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
27535
27536 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27537 TPU/edt emulation.
27538
27539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27540
27541 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27542
27543 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27544 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27545
27546 \(fn)" t nil)
27547
27548 ;;;***
27549 \f
27550 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27551 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17383 32144))
27552 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27553
27554 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27555 Set scroll margins.
27556
27557 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27558
27559 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27560 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27561
27562 \(fn)" t nil)
27563
27564 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27565 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27566
27567 \(fn)" t nil)
27568
27569 ;;;***
27570 \f
27571 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17484 52427))
27572 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27573
27574 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27575 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27576 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27577 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27578 to a tcp server on another machine.
27579
27580 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27581
27582 ;;;***
27583 \f
27584 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27585 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17383 32142))
27586 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27587
27588 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27589 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27590
27591 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
27592
27593 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27594 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27595 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27596 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27597 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27598 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27599 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27600 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27601
27602 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27603
27604 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27605 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27606 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27607 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27608 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27609 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
27610 the window or buffer configuration at all.
27611
27612 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27613
27614 ;;;***
27615 \f
27616 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27617 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27618 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27619 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17578 34778))
27620 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27621
27622 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27623 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27624 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27625
27626 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27627 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27628 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27629 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27630
27631 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27632 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27633 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27634 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27635
27636 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27637 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27638 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27639 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27640 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27641 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27642 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27643 files which are not really tramp files.
27644
27645 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27646 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27647 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27648 updated after changing this variable.
27649
27650 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27651
27652 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27653
27654 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27655 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27656 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27657 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27658
27659 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27660 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27661 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27662 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27663
27664 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27665 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27666 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27667
27668 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27669 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27670 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27671 updated after changing this variable.
27672
27673 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27674
27675 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27676
27677 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27678 Alist of completion handler functions.
27679 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27680 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27681 normal Emacs functions.")
27682
27683 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27684 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27685 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27686 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27687
27688 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27689 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27690 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27691 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27692
27693 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27694 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27695 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27696
27697 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27698
27699 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27700 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27701 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27702
27703 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27704 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or partial-completion-mode (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27705 (add-hook
27706 'after-init-hook
27707 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27708
27709 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27710 Not documented
27711
27712 \(fn)" nil nil)
27713
27714 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27715 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27716
27717 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27718
27719 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27720 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27721
27722 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27723
27724 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27725 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27726
27727 \(fn)" t nil)
27728
27729 ;;;***
27730 \f
27731 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27732 ;;;;;; (17365 2740))
27733 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27734
27735 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27736 Not documented
27737
27738 \(fn)" nil nil)
27739
27740 ;;;***
27741 \f
27742 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-mark-tagged-files tumme-dired-comment-files
27743 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external tumme-display-thumb
27744 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27745 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27746 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27747 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17590
27748 ;;;;;; 36099))
27749 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27750
27751 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27752 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27753
27754 \(fn)" t nil)
27755
27756 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27757 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27758
27759 Convenience command that:
27760
27761 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27762 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27763 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27764
27765 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27766 image files in dired and type
27767 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27768
27769 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27770
27771 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27772 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27773
27774 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27775
27776 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27777 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27778 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27779 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27780 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27781 another one).
27782
27783 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27784 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27785 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27786
27787 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27788 instead of erasing it first.
27789
27790 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27791 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27792 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27793 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27794 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27795 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27796
27797 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27798
27799 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27800 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27801 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27802 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27803 displayed.
27804
27805 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
27806
27807 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27808
27809 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27810 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27811
27812 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27813
27814 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27815 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27816 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27817
27818 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27819
27820 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27821 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27822
27823 \(fn)" t nil)
27824
27825 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27826 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27827 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27828 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27829
27830 \(fn)" t nil)
27831
27832 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27833 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27834
27835 \(fn)" t nil)
27836
27837 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27838 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27839
27840 \(fn)" t nil)
27841
27842 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27843 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27844
27845 \(fn)" t nil)
27846
27847 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27848 Display current image file.
27849 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27850 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27851
27852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27853
27854 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27855 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27856
27857 \(fn)" t nil)
27858
27859 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27860 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27861 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27862 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27863 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27864 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27865 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27866
27867 \(fn)" t nil)
27868
27869 ;;;***
27870 \f
27871 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27872 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17383 32190))
27873 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27874 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27875 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27876 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27877
27878 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27879 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27880 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27881 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
27882 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27883 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27884 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27885
27886 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27887
27888 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27889 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27890 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27891 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27892
27893 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27894
27895 \(fn)" t nil)
27896
27897 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27898 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27899 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27900 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27901 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27902 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27903 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27904
27905 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27906 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27907
27908 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27909 \\___/\\
27910 / \\
27911 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27912
27913 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27914
27915 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27916
27917 ;;;***
27918 \f
27919 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27920 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27921 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27922 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27923 ;;;;;; (17383 32124))
27924 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27925
27926 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27927 Toggle typing break mode.
27928 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27929 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27930 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27931
27932 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
27933
27934 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27935 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27936
27937 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
27938
27939 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27940 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27941
27942 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27943 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27944 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27945
27946 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27947 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27948
27949 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
27950
27951 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27952 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27953
27954 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27955 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27956 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27957 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27958
27959 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
27960
27961 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27962 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27963 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27964
27965 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27966 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27967 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27968 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27969 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27970 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27971
27972 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27973 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27974 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27975 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27976
27977 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27978 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27979
27980 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27981 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27982
27983 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
27984
27985 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27986 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27987 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27988
27989 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27990 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27991 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27992 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27993 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27994 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27995 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27996
27997 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27998 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27999
28000 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28001 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28002 reset the keystroke counter.
28003
28004 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28005 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28006 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28007 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28008
28009 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28010 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28011 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28012 `type-break-schedule' command.
28013
28014 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28015 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28016 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28017 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28018 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28019 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28020 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28021 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28022 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28023
28024 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28025 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28026 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28027 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28028 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28029
28030 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28031 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28032 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28033 approximate good values for this.
28034
28035 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28036 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28037
28038 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28039 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28040 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28041 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28042 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28043 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28044
28045 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28046 a typing break occur. They include:
28047
28048 `type-break-query-mode'
28049 `type-break-query-function'
28050 `type-break-query-interval'
28051
28052 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28053
28054 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28055 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28056 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28057 problems.
28058
28059 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28060
28061 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28062 Take a typing break.
28063
28064 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28065 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28066
28067 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28068 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28069
28070 \(fn)" t nil)
28071
28072 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28073 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28074 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28075 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28076
28077 \(fn)" t nil)
28078
28079 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28080 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28081
28082 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28083 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28084 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28085 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28086 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28087 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28088 average typing speed.)
28089
28090 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28091 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28092 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28093 the computed maximum threshold.
28094
28095 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28096 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28097 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28098 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28099 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28100
28101 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28102
28103 ;;;***
28104 \f
28105 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28106 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17383 32191))
28107 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28108
28109 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28110 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28111 Works by overstriking underscores.
28112 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28113 which specify the range to operate on.
28114
28115 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28116
28117 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28118 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28119 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28120 which specify the range to operate on.
28121
28122 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28123
28124 ;;;***
28125 \f
28126 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28127 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17383 32171))
28128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28129
28130 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28131 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28132 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28133
28134 \(fn)" t nil)
28135
28136 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28137 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28138 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28139 following the containing message.
28140
28141 \(fn)" t nil)
28142
28143 ;;;***
28144 \f
28145 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28146 ;;;;;; (17383 32171))
28147 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28148
28149 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28150 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28151 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28152 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28153 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28154 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28155
28156 \(fn)" nil nil)
28157
28158 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28159 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28160
28161 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28162
28163 ;;;***
28164 \f
28165 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17404
28166 ;;;;;; 53185))
28167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28168
28169 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28170 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28171 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28172 of symbols with local bindings.
28173
28174 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28175
28176 ;;;***
28177 \f
28178 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28179 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17365 14342))
28180 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28181
28182 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28183 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28184 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28185
28186 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28187 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28188 with it. Normally it gets the arguments in the list CBARGS.
28189 However, if what we find is a redirect, CALLBACK is given
28190 two additional args, `:redirect' and the redirected URL,
28191 followed by CBARGS.
28192
28193 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28194 already completed.
28195
28196 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28197
28198 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28199 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28200 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28201 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28202 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28203
28204 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28205
28206 ;;;***
28207 \f
28208 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28209 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17383 32191))
28210 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28211
28212 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28213 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28214 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28215
28216 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28217 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28218 `url-generic-parse-url'
28219 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28220 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28221 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28222 realm
28223 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28224 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28225 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28226 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28227 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28228 what type of auth to use
28229 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28230 if one cannot be found in the cache
28231
28232 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28233
28234 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28235 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28236
28237 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28238 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28239 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28240 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28241 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28242 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28243 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28244 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28245
28246 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28247
28248 ;;;***
28249 \f
28250 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28251 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17338
28252 ;;;;;; 41822))
28253 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28254
28255 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28256 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28257
28258 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28259
28260 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28261 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28262
28263 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28264
28265 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28266 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28267
28268 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28269
28270 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28271 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28272
28273 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28274
28275 ;;;***
28276 \f
28277 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17383 32191))
28278 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28279
28280 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28281 Not documented
28282
28283 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28284
28285 ;;;***
28286 \f
28287 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28288 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17383 32191))
28289 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28290
28291 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28292 Not documented
28293
28294 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28295
28296 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28297 Not documented
28298
28299 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28300
28301 ;;;***
28302 \f
28303 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17383
28304 ;;;;;; 32191))
28305 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28306
28307 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28308 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28309
28310 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28311
28312 ;;;***
28313 \f
28314 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28315 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17487 55937))
28316 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28317
28318 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28319 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28320
28321 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28322
28323 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28324 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28325 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28326 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28327
28328 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28329
28330 ;;;***
28331 \f
28332 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28333 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17457
28334 ;;;;;; 37507))
28335 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28336
28337 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28338 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28339 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28340 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28341 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28342
28343 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
28344
28345 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28346 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28347
28348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28349
28350 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28351 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28352 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28353 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28354 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28355 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28356 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28357 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28358 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28359
28360 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28361
28362 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28363 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28364 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28365 accessible.
28366
28367 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28368
28369 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28370 Not documented
28371
28372 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28373
28374 ;;;***
28375 \f
28376 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28377 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17515 39530))
28378 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28379
28380 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28381 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28382 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28383 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28384 CBARGS as the arguments.
28385
28386 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28387
28388 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28389 Not documented
28390
28391 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28392
28393 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28394
28395 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28396 Not documented
28397
28398 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28399
28400 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28401 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28402 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28403
28404 Property list members:
28405
28406 methods
28407 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28408 supports.
28409
28410 dav
28411 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28412 supported.
28413
28414 dasl
28415 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28416
28417 ranges
28418 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28419
28420 p3p
28421 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28422 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28423 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28424 Emacs/W3.
28425
28426 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28427
28428 ;;;***
28429 \f
28430 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17457 37507))
28431 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28432
28433 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28434 Not documented
28435
28436 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28437
28438 ;;;***
28439 \f
28440 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17383
28441 ;;;;;; 32192))
28442 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28443
28444 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28445 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28446 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28447 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28448 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28449
28450 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28451
28452 ;;;***
28453 \f
28454 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28455 ;;;;;; (17383 32192))
28456 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28457
28458 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28459 Not documented
28460
28461 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28462
28463 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28464 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28465
28466 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28467
28468 ;;;***
28469 \f
28470 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28471 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17383 32192))
28472 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28473
28474 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28475 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28476
28477 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28478
28479 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28480 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28481
28482 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28483
28484 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28485 Not documented
28486
28487 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28488
28489 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28490
28491 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28492
28493 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28494
28495 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28496 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28497
28498 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28499
28500 ;;;***
28501 \f
28502 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28503 ;;;;;; (17358 28606))
28504 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28505
28506 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28507 Not documented
28508
28509 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28510
28511 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28512 Not documented
28513
28514 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28515
28516 ;;;***
28517 \f
28518 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28519 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28520 ;;;;;; (17383 32192))
28521 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28522
28523 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28524 Not documented
28525
28526 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28527
28528 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28529 Not documented
28530
28531 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28532
28533 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28534 Not documented
28535
28536 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28537
28538 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28539 Not documented
28540
28541 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28542
28543 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28544 Not documented
28545
28546 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28547
28548 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28549 Not documented
28550
28551 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28552
28553 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28554 Not documented
28555
28556 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28557
28558 ;;;***
28559 \f
28560 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28561 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17383 32192))
28562 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28563
28564 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28565 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28566
28567 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28568
28569 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28570 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28571 Format is:
28572 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28573
28574 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28575
28576 ;;;***
28577 \f
28578 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28579 ;;;;;; (17348 1513))
28580 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28581
28582 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28583 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28584
28585 \(fn)" t nil)
28586
28587 ;;;***
28588 \f
28589 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28590 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28591 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28592 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28593 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28594 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28595 ;;;;;; (17383 32193))
28596 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28597
28598 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28599 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28600 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28601
28602 If t, all messages will be logged.
28603 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28604 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28605
28606 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
28607
28608 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28609 Not documented
28610
28611 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28612
28613 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28614 Not documented
28615
28616 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28617
28618 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28619 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28620 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28621 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28622 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28623 & ==> &amp;
28624 < ==> &lt;
28625 > ==> &gt;
28626 \" ==> &quot;
28627
28628 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28629
28630 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28631 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28632 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28633
28634 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28635
28636 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28637 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28638 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28639
28640 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28641
28642 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28643 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28644
28645 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28646
28647 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28648 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28649
28650 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28651
28652 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28653 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28654
28655 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28656
28657 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28658 Not documented
28659
28660 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28661
28662 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28663 Not documented
28664
28665 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28666
28667 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28668 Not documented
28669
28670 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28671
28672 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28673 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28674
28675 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28676
28677 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28678 Not documented
28679
28680 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28681
28682 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28683 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28684 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28685 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28686 forbidden in URL encoding.
28687
28688 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28689
28690 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28691 Escape characters in a string.
28692
28693 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28694
28695 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28696 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28697 If optional variable X is t,
28698 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28699
28700 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28701
28702 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28703 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28704 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28705
28706 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28707
28708 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28709 View the current document's URL.
28710 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28711 the minibuffer.
28712
28713 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28714
28715 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28716
28717 ;;;***
28718 \f
28719 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28720 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17383 32125))
28721 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28722
28723 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28724 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28725 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28726 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28727 to refrain from editing the file
28728 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28729 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28730 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28731 in any way you like.
28732
28733 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28734
28735 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28736 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28737 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28738 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28739 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28740
28741 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28742 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28743
28744 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28745
28746 ;;;***
28747 \f
28748 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28749 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28750 ;;;;;; (17578 34777))
28751 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28752
28753 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28754 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28755 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28756 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28757
28758 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28759
28760 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28761 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28762 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28763
28764 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28765
28766 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28767 Uudecode region between START and END.
28768 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28769
28770 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28771
28772 ;;;***
28773 \f
28774 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28775 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28776 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28777 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28778 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28779 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28780 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17590 36099))
28781 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28782
28783 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28784 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28785 See `run-hooks'.")
28786
28787 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
28788
28789 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28790 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28791 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28792
28793 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
28794
28795 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28796 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28797 See `run-hooks'.")
28798
28799 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
28800
28801 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28802 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28803
28804 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28805
28806 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28807 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28808
28809 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28810
28811 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28812 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28813 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28814 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28815 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28816 somebody else, signal error.
28817
28818 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28819
28820 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28821 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28822 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28823 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28824 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28825
28826 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28827
28828 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28829 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28830 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28831 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28832 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28833 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28834 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28835 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28836 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28837 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28838 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28839 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28840
28841 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28842
28843 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28844 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28845
28846 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28847 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28848
28849 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28850 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28851 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28852 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28853 lock steals will raise an error.
28854
28855 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28856
28857 For RCS and SCCS files:
28858 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28859 control.
28860 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28861 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28862 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28863 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28864 it performs a revert.
28865 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28866 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28867 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28868 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28869 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28870 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28871 the option to steal the lock.
28872
28873 For CVS files:
28874 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28875 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28876 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28877 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28878 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28879 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28880 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28881 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28882 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28883
28884 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28885
28886 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28887 Register the current file into a version control system.
28888 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28889 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28890
28891 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28892 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28893 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28894 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28895 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28896 first backend that could register the file is used.
28897
28898 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28899
28900 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28901 Display diffs between file versions.
28902 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28903 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28904 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28905 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28906 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28907 saving the buffer.
28908
28909 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28910
28911 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28912 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28913 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28914 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28915
28916 \(fn REV)" t nil)
28917
28918 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28919 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28920 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28921 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28922
28923 \(fn)" t nil)
28924
28925 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28926 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28927 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28928 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28929 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28930 from the current branch.
28931
28932 See Info node `Merging'.
28933
28934 \(fn)" t nil)
28935
28936 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28937
28938 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28939 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28940
28941 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28942
28943 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28944 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28945
28946 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28947
28948 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28949 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28950 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28951 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28952 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28953 are checked out in that new branch.
28954
28955 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28956
28957 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28958 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28959 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28960 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28961 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28962 allowed and simply skipped).
28963
28964 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28965
28966 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28967 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28968 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28969
28970 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28971
28972 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28973 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28974 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28975 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28976 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
28977
28978 \(fn)" t nil)
28979
28980 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
28981 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
28982 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
28983 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
28984 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
28985 the current branch are merged into the working file.
28986
28987 \(fn)" t nil)
28988
28989 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
28990 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
28991 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
28992
28993 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
28994
28995 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
28996 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
28997 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
28998 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
28999 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29000 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29001 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29002
29003 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29004
29005 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29006 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29007 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29008 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29009 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29010 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29011 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29012 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29013 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29014
29015 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29016
29017 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29018 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29019
29020 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29021
29022 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29023 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29024 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29025 directory.
29026
29027 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29028
29029 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29030 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29031 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29032
29033 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29034 log entries should be gathered.
29035
29036 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29037
29038 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29039 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29040
29041 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29042 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29043 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29044 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29045 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29046 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29047
29048 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29049 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29050 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29051 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29052 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29053 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29054 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29055 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29056
29057 Customization variables:
29058
29059 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29060 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29061 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29062 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29063
29064 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29065
29066 ;;;***
29067 \f
29068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17383 32125))
29069 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29070 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29071 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29072 (progn
29073 (load "vc-arch")
29074 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29075
29076 ;;;***
29077 \f
29078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17383 32125))
29079 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29080 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29081 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29082 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29083 (load "vc-cvs")
29084 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29085
29086 ;;;***
29087 \f
29088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17383 32125))
29089 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29090 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29091 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29092 (progn
29093 (load "vc-mcvs")
29094 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29095
29096 ;;;***
29097 \f
29098 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29099 ;;;;;; (17383 32125))
29100 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29101
29102 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29103 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29104 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29105
29106 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
29107 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29108
29109 ;;;***
29110 \f
29111 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29112 ;;;;;; (17383 32126))
29113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29114
29115 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29116 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29117 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29118
29119 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
29120 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29121
29122 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29123 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29124 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29125 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29126
29127 ;;;***
29128 \f
29129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17397 61543))
29130 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29131 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29132 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29133 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29134 (load "vc-svn")
29135 (vc-svn-registered f)))
29136
29137 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29138
29139 ;;;***
29140 \f
29141 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29142 ;;;;;; (17503 24309))
29143 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29144
29145 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29146 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29147
29148 Usage:
29149 ------
29150
29151 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29152 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29153 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29154 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29155 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29156 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29157 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29158 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29159 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29160
29161 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29162 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29163 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29164 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29165
29166 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29167 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29168 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29169 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29170 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29171
29172 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29173 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29174
29175
29176 HEADER INSERTION:
29177 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29178 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29179 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29180
29181
29182 STUTTERING:
29183 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29184 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29185 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29186 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29187
29188 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29189 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29190 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29191 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29192 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29193
29194
29195 WORD COMPLETION:
29196 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29197 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29198 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29199 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29200
29201 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29202 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29203 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29204 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29205 beginning with \"std\").
29206
29207 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29208 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29209 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29210 stop.
29211
29212
29213 COMMENTS:
29214 `--' puts a single comment.
29215 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29216 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29217 with a comment in between.
29218 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29219 out following lines.
29220 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29221 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29222
29223 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29224 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29225 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29226 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29227 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29228 non-nil.
29229
29230 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29231 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29232 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29233 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29234 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29235 multi-line comments.
29236
29237
29238 INDENTATION:
29239 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29240 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29241 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29242 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29243
29244 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29245 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29246 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29247 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29248
29249 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29250 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29251 and vice versa.
29252
29253 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29254 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29255
29256
29257 ALIGNMENT:
29258 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29259 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29260 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29261 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29262 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29263 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29264 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29265 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29266
29267 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29268 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29269 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29270 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29271 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29272 is non-nil.
29273
29274 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29275 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29276 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29277
29278 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29279 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29280
29281
29282 CODE FILLING:
29283 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29284 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29285 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29286 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29287 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29288 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29289
29290
29291 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29292 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29293 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29294 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29295 command:
29296
29297 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29298
29299
29300 PORT TRANSLATION:
29301 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29302 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29303 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29304 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29305 internal signal initializations (menu).
29306
29307 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29308 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29309 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29310
29311 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29312 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29313 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29314 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29315 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29316 in subsequent paste operations.)
29317
29318 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29319 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29320 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29321
29322
29323 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29324 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29325 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29326 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29327 association list with formals).
29328
29329
29330 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29331 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29332 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29333 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29334 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29335 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29336 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29337 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29338 `vhdl-testbench'.
29339
29340
29341 KEY BINDINGS:
29342 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29343
29344
29345 VHDL MENU:
29346 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29347
29348
29349 FILE BROWSER:
29350 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29351 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29352 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29353
29354 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29355 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29356
29357
29358 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29359 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29360 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29361 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29362
29363 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29364 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29365 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29366
29367 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29368 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29369 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29370 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29371
29372 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29373 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29374 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29375 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29376 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29377
29378 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29379 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29380 required by secondary units.
29381
29382
29383 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29384 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29385 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29386 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29387 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29388 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29389 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29390 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29391 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29392 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29393 inputs to this component -> input port created
29394 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29395 outputs from this component -> output port created
29396 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29397 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29398
29399 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29400 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29401 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29402 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29403 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29404
29405 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29406 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29407
29408 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29409 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29410 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29411 component instantiation is also supported (option
29412 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29413
29414 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29415 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29416 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29417 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29418 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29419 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29420 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29421 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29422 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29423 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29424 | generating the configuration.
29425 |
29426 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29427 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29428 | configurations in speedbar.
29429
29430 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29431
29432
29433 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29434 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29435 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29436 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29437 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29438 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29439 information. New compilers can be added.
29440
29441 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29442 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29443
29444
29445 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29446 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29447 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29448 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29449 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29450
29451 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29452 command:
29453
29454 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29455 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29456 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29457
29458 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29459 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29460 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29461 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29462 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29463 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29464 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29465
29466 Limitations:
29467 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29468 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29469 not (yet) supported.
29470 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29471 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29472 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29473
29474
29475 PROJECTS:
29476 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29477 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29478 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29479 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29480 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29481 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29482 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29483 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29484
29485 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29486 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29487 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29488 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29489 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29490 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29491 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29492 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29493 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29494 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29495 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29496
29497
29498 SPECIAL MENUES:
29499 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29500 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29501 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29502 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29503 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29504 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29505 current directory for VHDL source files.
29506
29507
29508 VHDL STANDARDS:
29509 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29510 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29511
29512
29513 KEYWORD CASE:
29514 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29515 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29516 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29517 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29518 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29519 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29520 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29521 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29522
29523
29524 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29525 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29526 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29527 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29528 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29529 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29530 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29531
29532 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29533 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29534 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29535 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29536 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29537 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29538
29539 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29540 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29541 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29542 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29543 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29544 visually.
29545
29546 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29547 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29548 highlighted if written in lower case.
29549
29550 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29551 highlighted using a different background color if option
29552 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29553
29554 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29555 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29556 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29557 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29558 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29559
29560
29561 USER MODELS:
29562 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29563 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29564 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29565
29566
29567 HIDE/SHOW:
29568 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29569 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29570 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29571 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29572 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29573
29574
29575 CODE UPDATING:
29576 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29577 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29578 Limitations:
29579 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29580 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29581 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29582 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29583 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29584 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29585 (used to obtain the port names).
29586
29587
29588 CODE FIXING:
29589 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29590 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29591
29592
29593 PRINTING:
29594 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29595 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29596 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29597 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29598 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29599 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29600 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29601 printers.
29602
29603
29604 OPTIONS:
29605 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29606 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29607 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29608 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29609 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29610
29611 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29612 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29613 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29614 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29615 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29616 INSTALL file).
29617
29618 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29619 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29620
29621
29622 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29623 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29624 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29625 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29626
29627 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29628
29629
29630 HINTS:
29631 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29632 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29633
29634 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29635
29636 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29637
29638 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29639
29640
29641 RELEASE NOTES:
29642 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29643
29644
29645 Maintenance:
29646 ------------
29647
29648 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29649 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29650
29651 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29652
29653 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29654 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29655 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29656 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29657
29658 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29659 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29660 where the latest version can be found.
29661
29662
29663 Known problems:
29664 ---------------
29665
29666 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29667 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29668 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29669
29670
29671 The VHDL Mode Authors
29672 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29673
29674 Key bindings:
29675 -------------
29676
29677 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
29678
29679 \(fn)" t nil)
29680
29681 ;;;***
29682 \f
29683 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17097 33503))
29684 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29685
29686 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29687 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29688 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29689 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29690
29691 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29692 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29693 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29694 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29695 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29696
29697 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29698 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29699
29700 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29701
29702 * Limitations and unsupported features
29703 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29704 not supported.
29705 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29706 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29707
29708 * Modifications
29709 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29710 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29711 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29712 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29713 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29714 for undoing a repeated change command.
29715 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29716 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29717 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29718
29719 * Extensions
29720 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29721 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29722 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29723 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29724 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29725 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29726 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29727 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29728
29729 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29730
29731 \(fn)" t nil)
29732
29733 ;;;***
29734 \f
29735 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29736 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29737 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29738 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17097 33527))
29739 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29740
29741 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29742 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29743
29744 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29745
29746 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29747 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29748 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29749 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29750
29751 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29752
29753 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29754 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29755
29756 \(fn)" t nil)
29757
29758 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29759 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29760 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29761 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29762
29763 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29764
29765 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29766 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29767
29768 \(fn)" t nil)
29769
29770 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29771 Not documented
29772
29773 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29774
29775 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29776 Not documented
29777
29778 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29779
29780 ;;;***
29781 \f
29782 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29783 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29784 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17383
29785 ;;;;;; 32126))
29786 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29787
29788 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29789 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29790 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29791 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29792
29793 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29794
29795 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29796 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29797 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29798 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29799 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29800 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29801 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29802
29803 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29804
29805 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29806
29807 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29808 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29809 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29810 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29811 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29812 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29813 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29814 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29815
29816 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29817
29818 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29819
29820 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29821 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29822 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29823 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29824 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29825 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29826 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29827 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29828
29829 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29830
29831 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29832
29833 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29834 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29835 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29836 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29837 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29838 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29839 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29840
29841 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29842
29843 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29844 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29845 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29846
29847 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29848
29849 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29850 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29851 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29852 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29853 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29854 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29855 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29856 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29857
29858 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29859
29860 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29861 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29862 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29863
29864 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29865
29866 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29867 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29868 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29869 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29870 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29871 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29872 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29873 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29874
29875 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29876
29877 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29878 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29879 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29880
29881 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29882
29883 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29884 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29885 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29886
29887 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29888 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29889 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29890 read-only.
29891 \\<view-mode-map>
29892 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29893 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29894 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29895 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29896 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29897
29898 H, h, ? This message.
29899 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29900 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29901 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29902 > move to the end of buffer.
29903 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29904 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29905 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29906 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29907 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29908 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29909 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29910 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29911 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29912 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29913 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29914 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29915 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29916 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29917 Use this to view a changing file.
29918 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29919 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29920 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29921 . set the mark.
29922 x exchanges point and mark.
29923 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29924 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29925 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29926 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29927 ' go to position saved in character register.
29928 s do forward incremental search.
29929 r do reverse incremental search.
29930 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29931 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29932 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29933 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29934 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29935 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29936 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29937 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29938 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29939 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29940 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29941 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29942 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29943 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29944 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29945 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29946 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29947
29948 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29949 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
29950 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
29951 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
29952 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
29953 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
29954 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
29955 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
29956 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
29957
29958 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29959
29960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29961
29962 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29963 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29964 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29965 `view-return-to-alist'.
29966 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29967 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29968 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29969
29970 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29971 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29972 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29973 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29974 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29975 1) nil Do nothing.
29976 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29977 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
29978 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
29979 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
29980
29981 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29982
29983 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29984
29985 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
29986
29987 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
29988 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
29989
29990 \(fn)" t nil)
29991
29992 ;;;***
29993 \f
29994 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17383
29995 ;;;;;; 32144))
29996 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
29997
29998 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
29999 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30000
30001 \(fn)" nil nil)
30002
30003 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30004 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30005
30006 \(fn)" t nil)
30007
30008 ;;;***
30009 \f
30010 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30011 ;;;;;; (17578 34775))
30012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30013
30014 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30015 Toggle Viper on/off.
30016 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30017
30018 \(fn)" t nil)
30019
30020 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30021 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30022
30023 \(fn)" t nil)
30024
30025 ;;;***
30026 \f
30027 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30028 ;;;;;; (17498 30594))
30029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30030
30031 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30032 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30033 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30034 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30035 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30036 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30037 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30038 the beginning of the warning.")
30039
30040 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30041 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30042 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30043 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30044 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30045 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30046 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30047 also call that function before the next warning.")
30048
30049 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30050 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30051
30052 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30053 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30054 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30055 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30056
30057 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30058 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30059 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30060 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30061 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30062 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30063
30064 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30065 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30066 Default is :warning.
30067
30068 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30069 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30070 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30071 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30072 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30073 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30074
30075 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30076 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30077
30078 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30079
30080 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30081 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30082
30083 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30084
30085 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30086 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30087 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30088 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30089
30090 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30091 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30092 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30093 can be whatever you like.)
30094
30095 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30096 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30097
30098 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30099 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30100 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30101 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30102 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30103
30104 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30105
30106 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30107 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30108 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30109 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30110 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30111
30112 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30113
30114 ;;;***
30115 \f
30116 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30117 ;;;;;; (17420 36080))
30118 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30119
30120 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30121 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30122 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30123 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30124 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30125 in disk.
30126
30127 See `wdired-mode'.
30128
30129 \(fn)" t nil)
30130
30131 ;;;***
30132 \f
30133 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17383 32178))
30134 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30135
30136 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30137 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30138
30139 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30140 hotlist.
30141
30142 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30143 <nwv@acm.org>.
30144
30145 \(fn)" t nil)
30146
30147 ;;;***
30148 \f
30149 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30150 ;;;;;; (17397 61573))
30151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30152 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30153 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30154
30155 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30156
30157 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30158 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30159 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30160 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30161 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
30162
30163 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
30164
30165 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30166 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30167 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30168 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30169
30170 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30171 and off otherwise.
30172
30173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30174
30175 ;;;***
30176 \f
30177 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30178 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30179 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30180 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30181 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30182 ;;;;;; (17578 34774))
30183 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30184
30185 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30186 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30187
30188 \(fn)" t nil)
30189
30190 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30191 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30192
30193 \(fn)" t nil)
30194
30195 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30196 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30197
30198 \(fn)" t nil)
30199
30200 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30201 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30202
30203 \(fn)" t nil)
30204
30205 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30206 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30207
30208 \(fn)" t nil)
30209
30210 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30211 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30212 These are:
30213 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30214 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30215 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30216 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30217 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30218
30219 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30220 and:
30221 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30222 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30223
30224 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30225
30226 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30227 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30228
30229 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30230
30231 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30232 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30233 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30234
30235 \(fn)" t nil)
30236
30237 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30238 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30239
30240 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30241
30242 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30243
30244 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30245 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30246 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30248 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30249
30250 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
30251
30252 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30253 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30254 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30255
30256 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30257 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30258
30259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30260
30261 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30262 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30263 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30264
30265 \(fn)" t nil)
30266
30267 ;;;***
30268 \f
30269 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30270 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17383 32127))
30271 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30272
30273 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30274 Browse the widget under point.
30275
30276 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30277
30278 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30279 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30280
30281 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30282
30283 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30284 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30285
30286 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30287
30288 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30289 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30290 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30291
30292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30293
30294 ;;;***
30295 \f
30296 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30297 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17397
30298 ;;;;;; 61544))
30299 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30300
30301 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30302 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30303
30304 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30305
30306 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30307 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30308 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30309
30310 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30311
30312 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30313 Create widget of TYPE.
30314 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30315
30316 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30317
30318 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30319 Delete WIDGET.
30320
30321 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30322
30323 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30324 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30325
30326 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30327
30328 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30329
30330 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30331 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30332 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30333
30334 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30335 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30336
30337 \(fn)" nil nil)
30338
30339 ;;;***
30340 \f
30341 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30342 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17383
30343 ;;;;;; 32128))
30344 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30345
30346 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30347 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30348 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30349 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30350 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30351 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30352 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30353
30354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30355
30356 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30357 Select the window above the current one.
30358 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30359 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30360 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30361 negative ARG) of the current window.
30362 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30363
30364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30365
30366 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30367 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30368 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30369 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30370 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30371 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30372 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30373
30374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30375
30376 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30377 Select the window below the current one.
30378 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30379 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30380 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30381 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30382 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30383
30384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30385
30386 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30387 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30388 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30389 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30390
30391 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30392
30393 ;;;***
30394 \f
30395 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30396 ;;;;;; (17383 32128))
30397 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30398
30399 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30400 Toggle Winner mode.
30401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30402 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30403
30404 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
30405
30406 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30407 Toggle Winner mode.
30408 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30409
30410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30411
30412 ;;;***
30413 \f
30414 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30415 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17466 42708))
30416 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30417
30418 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30419 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30420 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30421 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30422 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30423 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30424 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30425 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30426
30427 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30428 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30429
30430 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30431
30432 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30433 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30434
30435 \(fn)" t nil)
30436
30437 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30438 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30439 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30440 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30441 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30442 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30443 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30444 `woman' command for further details.
30445
30446 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30447
30448 ;;;***
30449 \f
30450 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30451 ;;;;;; (17383 32145))
30452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30453
30454 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30455 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30456
30457 BUGS:
30458 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30459 are not implemented
30460 - Options for search and replace
30461 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30462 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30463
30464 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30465 Emacs-like.
30466
30467 The key bindings are:
30468
30469 C-a backward-word
30470 C-b fill-paragraph
30471 C-c scroll-up-line
30472 C-d forward-char
30473 C-e previous-line
30474 C-f forward-word
30475 C-g delete-char
30476 C-h backward-char
30477 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30478 C-j help-for-help
30479 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30480 C-l ws-repeat-search
30481 C-n open-line
30482 C-p quoted-insert
30483 C-r scroll-down-line
30484 C-s backward-char
30485 C-t kill-word
30486 C-u keyboard-quit
30487 C-v overwrite-mode
30488 C-w scroll-down
30489 C-x next-line
30490 C-y kill-complete-line
30491 C-z scroll-up
30492
30493 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30494 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30495 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30496 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30497 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30498 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30499 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30500 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30501 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30502 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30503 C-k b ws-begin-block
30504 C-k c ws-copy-block
30505 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30506 C-k f find-file
30507 C-k h ws-show-markers
30508 C-k i ws-indent-block
30509 C-k k ws-end-block
30510 C-k p ws-print-block
30511 C-k q kill-emacs
30512 C-k r insert-file
30513 C-k s save-some-buffers
30514 C-k t ws-mark-word
30515 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30516 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30517 C-k v ws-move-block
30518 C-k w ws-write-block
30519 C-k x kill-emacs
30520 C-k y ws-delete-block
30521
30522 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30523 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30524 C-o j justify-current-line
30525 C-o k kill-buffer
30526 C-o l list-buffers
30527 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30528 C-o r set-fill-column
30529 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30530 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30531 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30532 C-o wo other-window
30533 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30534
30535 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30536 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30537 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30538 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30539 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30540 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30541 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30542 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30543 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30544 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30545 C-q a ws-query-replace
30546 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30547 C-q c end-of-buffer
30548 C-q d end-of-line
30549 C-q f ws-search
30550 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30551 C-q l ws-undo
30552 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30553 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30554 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30555 C-q w ws-last-error
30556 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30557 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30558
30559 \(fn)" t nil)
30560
30561 ;;;***
30562 \f
30563 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30564 ;;;;;; (17383 32129))
30565 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30566
30567 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30568 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30569 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30570 Returns the top node with all its children.
30571 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30572 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30573
30574 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30575
30576 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30577 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30578 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30579 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30580 is not well-formed XML.
30581 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30582 and returned as the first element of the list.
30583 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30584
30585 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30586
30587 ;;;***
30588 \f
30589 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17383
30590 ;;;;;; 32129))
30591 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30592
30593 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30594 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30595 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30596 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30597 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30598
30599 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
30600
30601 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30602 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30603 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30604
30605 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30606 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30607 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30608 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30609 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30610 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30611
30612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30613
30614 ;;;***
30615 \f
30616 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30617 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17383 32167))
30618 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30619
30620 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30621 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30622
30623 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30624
30625 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30626 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30627
30628 \(fn)" nil nil)
30629
30630 ;;;***
30631 \f
30632 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30633 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17383 32183))
30634 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30635
30636 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30637 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30638
30639 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30640
30641 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30642 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30643
30644 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30645
30646 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30647 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30648 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30649
30650 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30651
30652 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30653 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30654
30655 \(fn)" t nil)
30656
30657 ;;;***
30658 \f
30659 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17383 32183))
30660 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30661
30662 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30663 Zone out, completely.
30664
30665 \(fn)" t nil)
30666
30667 ;;;***
30668 \f
30669 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
30670 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17383 32178))
30671 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
30672
30673 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
30674 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
30675
30676 \(fn)" t nil)
30677
30678 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
30679 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
30680
30681 Zone-mode does two things:
30682
30683 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
30684 when saving the file
30685
30686 - fontification
30687
30688 \(fn)" t nil)
30689
30690 ;;;***
30691 \f
30692 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30693 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30694 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30695 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30696 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30697 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30698 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30699 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30700 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30701 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30702 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30703 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30704 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30705 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30706 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30707 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
30708 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
30709 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
30710 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
30711 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
30712 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
30713 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
30714 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30715 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30716 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30717 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30718 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30719 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30720 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30721 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30722 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30723 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30724 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30725 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30726 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30727 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30728 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30729 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el"
30730 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nicklist.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
30731 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
30732 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
30733 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
30734 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
30735 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
30736 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
30737 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
30738 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
30739 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
30740 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
30741 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30742 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30743 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30744 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30745 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30746 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30747 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30748 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30749 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30750 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30751 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30752 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30753 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30754 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30755 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30756 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30757 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30758 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30759 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30760 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30761 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30762 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30763 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30764 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30765 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30766 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30767 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30768 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30769 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30770 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30771 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30772 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30773 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30774 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30775 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30776 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30777 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30778 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30779 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30780 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30781 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30782 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30783 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30784 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30785 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30786 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30787 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30788 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30789 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30790 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30791 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30792 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30793 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30794 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30795 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30796 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30797 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
30798 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
30799 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
30800 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
30801 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
30802 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
30803 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
30804 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
30805 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30806 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30807 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30808 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30809 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30810 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30811 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30812 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30813 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30814 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30815 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30816 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
30817 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el"
30818 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el"
30819 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
30820 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
30821 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
30822 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
30823 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
30824 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30825 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30826 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30827 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30828 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30829 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30830 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30831 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30832 ;;;;;; "url/url-https.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
30833 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
30834 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
30835 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
30836 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17590 36747 258974))
30837
30838 ;;;***
30839 \f
30840 ;; Local Variables:
30841 ;; version-control: never
30842 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30843 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30844 ;; End:
30845 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here